Platecoil Data Manual

Product Data ManualH E A T E X C H A N G E R S H E A T E X C H A N G E R S Table Ofof Contents Table Contents PLATECOIL HEAT EXCHANGERS ................ 2 WHAT IS PLATECOIL… ......................................................... 2 MULTI-ZONE PLATECOIL .............................................................................2 SERPENTINE PLATECOIL............................................................................3 STANDARD STYLES, SIZES & FABRICATIONS ..........................................3 SPECIAL DESIGNS & FEATURES ...............................................................3 QUALITY CONSTRUCTION..........................................................................4 FACTORY TESTED & INSPECTED ..............................................................4 PLATECOIL IS THE ANSWER ......................................................................4 PROVEN PERFORMERS .............................................................................5 STYLES .........................................................................................................5 SIZES.............................................................................................................5 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................5 PLATECOIL MATERIALS SELECTION & FABRICATION TECHNIQUES ................. 28 OPTIONAL PLATECOIL MATERIALS .........................................................28 PLATECOIL MATERIAL SELECTION CHARTS ..........................................29 WELDING METHODS USED TO FABRICATE PLATECOIL .......................33 POST WELD TREATMENT OF PLATECOIL - ANNEALING .......................33 STRESS RELIEVED CARBON STEEL PLATECOIL...................................33 STANDARD PLATECOIL ............................... 5 PLATECOIL STANDARD ASSEMBLIES ............................................. 34 DRUM WARMERS ......................................................................................34 PLATECOIL PIPE HEATERS.......................................................................36 PLATECOIL JACKETED PIPE SECTIONS .................................................36 JACKETED VESSELS .................................................................................41 JACKETED TANK BOTTOMS .....................................................................42 PLATECOIL STYLE 90 ........................................................... 6 PLATECOIL STYLE 80 ........................................................... 7 PLATECOIL STYLE 70 ........................................................... 8 PLATECOIL STYLE 60 ........................................................... 9 PLATECOIL STYLE 50 ......................................................... 10 CUSTOM PLATECOIL FABRICATIONS .......................................... 43 PLATECOIL VESSEL COMPONENTS ........................................................43 CONE SHAPED PLATECOIL ......................................................................44 CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL APPLICATION DATA ...........................................46 TYPICAL CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL INSTALLATIONS .................................47 PLATECOIL FOR USE IN VESSELS ..........................................................48 STANDARD PLATECOIL ORDERING • SELECTION .......................... 11 ORDERING GUIDELINE ............................................................................. 11 MATERIAL SELECTION .............................................................................. 11 SIZE SELECTION........................................................................................ 11 GAUGE SELECTION................................................................................... 11 SELECTION & OPERATING DATA .............................................................12 SURFACE AREA ANDWEIGHT CALCULATION .........................................13 PASS SIZE & HEADER DIMENSIONS .......................................................14 HANDLES ....................................................................................................15 STANDARD HANDLE* ................................................................................15 HANGERS ...................................................................................................15 EXTERNAL PRESSURE RATINGS FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) PLATECOIL..............................................................................16 LEAK & PRESSURE TEST OPTIONS ........................................................16 ASME CODE STAMPED PLATECOIL .........................................................17 SHIPMENT ..................................................................................................17 APPLICATIONS ...........................................................................................17 CODE STAMP MARKING DATA..................................................................17 FLATNESS STANDARDS FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) SINGLE EMBOSSED PLATECOIL .........................................18 PRESSURE DROP DATA FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) PLATECOIL..............................................................................18 ACCESSORIES & OPTIONAL FEATURES.................................................18 STYLE 40 SERIES - PARALLEL .................................................................19 HEAVY DUTY EMBOSSINGS AND SPECIAL COMPANION PLATES ................................................................................19 PLATECOIL IN NON-STANDARD SIZES ....................................................19 LARGE PASS PLATECOIL ..........................................................................20 INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE TIPS ................................. 52 STEAM HEATED PLATECOIL .....................................................................52 PLATECOIL FOR METAL PLATING, FINISHING, TREATING ....................56 BANKS FOR HEAT RECOVERY FROM HOT MOIST AIR TO LIQUIDS .....................................................................58 PLATECOIL FOR USE IN FLUIDIZED BEDS..............................................60 PLATECOIL FALLING FILM HEAT EXCHANGERS ....................................61 PLATECOIL FOR REFRIGERATION...........................................................62 PLATECOIL FOR CRYOGENIC COLD SHROUDS ....................................63 PLATECOIL HEAVY FABRICATIONS..........................................................64 APPLICATION INFORMATION ................... 56 HEAT TRANSFER AND FLUID FLOW CALCULATIONS .............................. 66 HEAT TRANSFER IN INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES .....................................66 PLATECOIL FOR HEATING APPLICATIONS .............................................69 EFFECT OF AIR MOVEMENT ON HEATING REQUIREMENTS FOR OPEN TANKS .......................................................73 PLATECOIL FOR COOLING APPLICATIONS.............................................74 PLATECOIL FOR ENERGY RECOVERY APPLICATIONS .........................76 OTHER PLATECOIL STYLES ..................... 19 PLATECOIL HEAT TRANSFER DESIGN DATA ............................................ 78 SELECTION OF OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER U VALUES ........................78 QUICK SELECTION CHARTS ....................................................................80 FLUIDS IN MOTION ....................................................................................83 HEAT LOSS DATA .......................................................................................86 REFRIGERATION DATA..............................................................................90 PARALLEL PASS PLATECOIL ............................................ 22 PATTERN 400 PLATECOIL .................................................. 23 PLATECOIL ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONAL FEATURES............................... 24 MOUNTING LUGS.......................................................................................24 TIE ROD ASSEMBLIES ...............................................................................24 PERIMETER SEAL WELD ..........................................................................25 SURFACE FINISH OPTIONS ......................................................................25 PLATECOIL FOR REFRIGERATION...........................................................25 OPENINGS IN PLATECOIL .........................................................................26 SINGLE EMBOSSED (FLAT ONE SIDE) PLATECOIL ................................26 3/4” PASS PLATECOIL IN NON-STANDARD SIZES ..................................27 MOUNTING SLOTS & HOLES ....................................................................27 SPECIAL INLET/OUTLET PIPE LENGTHS ................................................27 EXTRA AND/OR SPECIAL FITTINGS .........................................................27 TECHNICAL .............................................. 91 REFERENCE DATA ..................................... 91 TITANIUM ECONOCOIL ........................ 99 STANDARD STYLES AND CONNECTIONS.............................................101 OTHER TRANTER PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER PRODUCTS ........................ 102 Platecoil for HEAT TRANSFER ® PLATECOIL is a very efficient and versatile prime surface type heat exchanger. Its unique design remains the key to both its high heat transfer efficiency and versatility for heating and cooling applications. By providing the right answers to a broad range of heat transfer needs PLATECOIL heat transfer equipment has been saving thousands of engineering, fabrication, and installation man-hours in numerous industrial applications for over 50 years. Its continuing popularity is a direct result of its proven capability to satisfy an almost unlimited variety of requirements for size, shape, pressure containment, capacity, materials and surface finishes. Every PLATECOIL product is backed by an experienced staff of sales representatives, engineers and modern production facilities. These resources are readily available to analyze and solve your specific heat transfer need, no matter how complex or complicated that may be. In the event your heat transfer requirements are relatively uncomplicated, the information presented in this manual will allow you to specify the PLATECOIL that fits your For further information, contact: specific application. Every effort has been made to present a selection of data that will be reliable and helpful, both from the standpoint of selecting the proper heat transfer surface and in determining heat transfer rates, fluid flow rates, etc. Please remember that industrial heat transfer processes are not generally subject to rigidly controlled conditions. As a result, factors affecting heat transfer rates, material life and other items can vary from day-to-day. Therefore, the pertinency of the engineering data in this manual as applied to a specific application must be judged in relationship to the variables involved. Also, the information in this manual is subject to change without notice. The manufacturer reserves the right to change specifications at any time. Whatever your heat transfer need may be, contact the PLATECOIL representative in your area. Put his experience and heat transfer know-how to work for you . He’ll see to it that the PLATECOIL product you require is designed and built to exactly meet your specific application requirements and you will receive the best possible return on your PLATECOIL investment. PLATECOIL • Tranter, Inc. • P.O. Box 2289 • 1900 Old Burk Highway (76306) • Wichita Falls, Texas 76307 Telephone: (940) 723-7125 • FAX (940) 723-5131 • Visit our website at: http://www.tranter.com © 2006 Tranter, Inc. 2-1 A double embossed PLATECOIL unit is formed by welding together two embossed metal sheets. Fig. lengths and materials. Multi-Zone PLATECOIL provides faster heat-up and better heat transfer rates. 2-2 In single embossed PLATECOIL. one sheet is not embossed.2 Platecoil Heat Exchangers What is PLATECOIL… PLATECOIL designates a group of heat transfer products fabricated from two metal sheets. the embossings form a series of well-defined passages through which the heat transfer media flows. The Multi-Zone headers and flow arrangement provide controlled distribution of the steam as it flows through the PLATECOIL. one or both of which are embossed. PLATECOIL’s Multi-Zone flow configuration is ideal for use when steam is the heating medium. 2-3 Multi-Zone PLATECOIL—available in a wide range of widths. Efficiency reducing condensate blocking is minimized. As a result. . MULTI-ZONE PLATECOIL The passages formed by the embossings are designed to provide PLATECOIL users with a choice of two basic flow patterns. With its zoned header design. Multi-Zone PLATECOIL provides far more heat transfer efficiency than pipecoil or units with straight headers in applications requiring the use of steam. Two embossed sheets welded together form a Double Embossed PLATECOIL. depending on the application. When welded together. thus providing a flat surface and a reduction in PLATECOIL thickness of about one half. oil and liquid refrigerants. Fig. Fig. The Serpentine flow configuration finds wide application with liquid heat transfer media such as water. One embossed sheet welded to a flat companion plate is know as a Single Embossed PLATECOIL. The rate of condensate removal from the passages or passes is significantly increased as compared to units with straight headers. An acknowledged standard wherever heat transfer is required in industry. Fig. As a result. 3-2 PLATECOIL can be rolled to a specific diameter in either single or double embossed. A large inventory of standard PLATECOIL is maintained. Fig. vessels. other than Multi-Zone and Serpentine. Several types of surface finishes can be provided to minimize fouling and reduce maintenance. Several styles are also offered in a choice of either carbon steel or Type 316L stainless steel. Orders can often be shipped within a matter of a few days. or otherwise formed into virtually any configuration. because its configuration allows high internal flow velocities to be achieved. low pressure drops and rugged use. SIZES & FABRICATIONS Both Multi-Zone and Serpentine double-embossed PLATECOIL are available in over 300 standard sizes. SPECIAL DESIGNS & FEATURES STANDARD STYLES. Refer to pages 34 through 42 for detailed information. the Serpentine flow design offers the additional advantage of eliminating the possibility of “short-circuiting”. Flow configurations. can be specified to meet special design and performance requirements. Fig. Fig. . high heat transfer rates can be obtained. 3-1 Serpentine PLATECOIL — allows high internal flow velocities to be achieved. 3-4 A curved PLATECOIL for immersion in a drum warmer. suction heaters. heavy gauge PLATECOIL is another option available to satisfy requirements for high internal flow rates. heating and cooling requirements in industrial process applications. 3-3 PLATECOIL can be supplied in circles or other shapes with various flow patterns. and screw conveyor troughs are also available. PLATECOIL can be fabricated from such materials as Monel. These pre-engineered units are designed to satisfy a wide range of PLATECOIL can be bent. configuration and types are presented on pages 5 through 23. Details on special PLATECOIL designs and features are provided on pages 14 through 28. nickel and a variety of other corrosion resistant materials. Large pass. Details on dimensions. A variety of standard PLATECOIL fabrications. such as drum warmers. hot oil and refrigerants. high temperature hot water. It has inherent flexibility.3 SERPENTINE PLATECOIL PLATECOIL with a Serpentine flow configuration provides outstanding performance with liquid heating or cooling media. In addition to carbon steel and stainless steel. When used with refrigerants. Serpentine PLATECOIL is frequently specified for use with cold water. rolled. FACTORY TESTED & INSPECTED The final step in the PLATECOIL fabrication process is testing and inspection.4 QUALITY CONSTRUCTION Strict quality control standards govern the fabrication of all PLATECOIL products to assure structural integrity and durability. PLATECOIL can also be ASME Code stamped as indicated on page 17. PLATECOIL IS THE ANSWER With its practically unlimited selection of materials. Other testing processes ranging from hydrostatic pressure test to mass spectrometer testing are also available to satisfy special requirements. for instance. shapes. Refer to page 16 for details. chances are PLATECOIL can meet it. All PLATECOIL receive an air-under-water leak test before being authorized for shipment. capacities and other features. are normally joined together using resistance welds. 4-1 Special PLATECOIL Designs . Whatever your need. plain or fancy. PLATECOIL can meet an endless variety of heat transfer requirements. Details on the PLATECOIL welding criteria and fabrication processes are found on page 33. simple or complex. only experienced personnel and modern welding equipment are utilized. Other welding processes are also used as dictated by the type and gauge of material. pass patterns. sizes. Lighter gauge carbon and stainless steel PLATECOIL embossings and components. Fig. Since welding plays such an important role in PLATECOlL’s fabrication process. PLATECOIL’s versatility is the reason it remains one of the best known names in industrial heat transfer and maintains its position as the most efficient prime surface heat exchanger available. PLATECOIL can be furnished in other materials as described on page 28. 5 STYLES Standard Style PLATECOIL are available with either Multi-Zone or Serpentine flow configurations. inorganic oils and caustics.50% manganese. the Style 60 and the Style 50. Serpentine PLATECOIL comes in two basic styles. Carbon steel PLATECOIL can be used in fresh water. Carbon steel PLATECOIL are available in 12 and 14 gauge material. . 0. It is regularly found. Other 300 series stainless steels are available. See the chart on page 12 for a listing of available sizes.Standard Platecoil PROVEN PERFORMERS The following pages contain data on several basic Standard styles. Composition: 10 to 14% nickel. Shipment can often be made in a matter of days.03% carbon. They have been selected as standard units. in a variety of sizes. 2 to 3% molybdenum: and a maximum of 1% silicon. Standard styles can also be supplied in hydraulically expanded (ECONOCOIL ) construction (pages 99-101). Type SA-414 carbon steel contains 0. because over the years they have proven their ability to provide fast and highly effective answers to a wide range of heat transfer requirements. Length dimensions range from 23” to 143”. 5-1 Standard PLATECOIL Standard Style PLATECOIL materials include carbon steel and Type 316L stainless steel. such as in the processing of food and drugs. It is also used in refrigeration service. Many of these units. widths range from 12” to 43”. The chemical breakdown of type 316L stainless steel is as follows. 2% manganese. MATERIALS Fig. mild alkalies. Type 316L stainless steel PLATECOIL units are available in 14 and 16 gauge material. ® SIZES Standard PLATECOIL are available in over 300 sizes. MultiZone PLATECOIL includes the Style 90. Contact your PLATECOIL Sales Representative for details on units available from stock.15% max. 16 to 18% chromium.25 to 0. Style 80 and Style 70. Type 316L stainless steel PLATECOIL are often used with phosphoric and nitric acids. are maintained in stock at the PLATECOIL factory. carbon and 0. plus a variety of other solutions. All styles can be furnished as double or single embossed units.in applications that cannot tolerate discoloration or contamination. ) 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 .) T (in.) Length B 12”–All 1 3/4 1 3/4 Lengths 18” & 22” 1 3/4 1 3/4 –Thru 47” 18” & 22” 1 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 3/4 –Over 47” 26”. Single embossed units are Dim. See page 80 for Quick Selection Chart. A Pipes—MPT Coupling—FPT not stocked.E & F Dimensions (in. See page 14 for Many Style 90D in carbon standard pass cross section. 2 1 1 1/2 1 29”. 43”–All Lengths Coupling—FPT T (in.) No.) Handles supplied on single embossed only on request. Platecoil Style 90 Nominal Actual Passes 12 11 15/16 6 18 18 13/16 10 22 22 1/4 12 26 25 11/16 14 29 29 1/8 16 36 36 20 43 42 7/8 24 Dim. A Pipes—MPT with R (in.) 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 * Contact the factory for other available variations. With pipe unions installed above the liquid level. 43”–All Lengths Fitting Size Table for Double Embossed B.) U (in. steel and type 316L stainless steel are available for immediate shipment.) D 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 G M 2 1/8 1 1/2 1 15/16 2 1/16 1 15/16 2 1/16 2 1/8 2 9/16 2 1/8 2 9/16 2 1/8 2 9/16 2 1/8 2 9/16 N 1 1/4 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 O 3 15/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 P 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 V 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 Standard See page 12 for surface areas and weights.) R (in. 36”. with Q (in. Optional Variations* B 23 29 35 47 Furnished as standard in the following lengths: E F B E F B E 3 11 59 3 13 107 3 3 11 71 3 13 119 3 3 13 83 3 13 131 3 3 13 95 3 13 143 3 F 13 13 13 13 B dimension is 1/2” shorter on PLATECOIL over 22” wide.) Length B Q (in. A (in. 1 1/4 3/4 29”.) 12”–All 3/4 1/2 Lengths 18” & 22” 3/4 1/2 –Thru 47” 18” & 22” 1 1/2 –Over 47” 26”. page 15. PLATECOIL may be easily removed without emptying the tank. of Dimension (in. Fitting Size Table for Single Embossed U (in.6 PLATECOIL STYLE 90 This is a general purpose style PLATECOIL used with steam or other condensing media in thousands of open tank heating applications. It readily installs on the side of tanks with specially designed hangers. 36”. Dim. ) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 * Contact the factory for other available variations.) 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 T (in. A (in. .) C 2 1/8 1 15/16 1 15/16 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 H 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 X 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 M 1 1/2 2 1/16 2 1/16 2 9/16 2 9/16 2 9/16 2 9/16 N 1 1/4 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 See page 12 for surface areas and weights. A with Length B 12”–All Lengths 18” & 22” –Thru 47” 18” & 22” –Over 47” 26”. 43”–All Lengths Pipes— MPT Q (in. Platecoil Style 80 Nominal Actual Passes 12 11 15/16 6 18 18 13/16 10 22 22 1/4 12 26 25 11/16 14 29 29 1/8 16 36 36 20 43 42 7/8 24 Dim. 36”. See page 14 for standard pass cross section.) 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 T (in.) 1 1 1 1/2 2 Coupling—FPT U (in.7 PLATECOIL STYLE 80 This versatile PLATECOIL is used with steam or liquids.) 3/4 3/4 1 1 1/4 Coupling—FPT U (in. It is particularly desirable for use with liquids involving high flow rates with resulting low pressure drops. A with Length B Standard 12”–All Lengths 18” & 22” –Thru 47” 18” & 22” –Over 47” 26”.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 Dim.) No. Fitting Size Table for Double Embossed Pipes— MPT Q (in. of Dimension (in. 29”. Fitting Size Table for Single Embossed Dim. Excellent for use on end in agitated tanks when steam is the heating medium (see pages 48 and 49). Handles are available at no cost and are located the same as on Style 70. 43”–All Lengths B Dimensions (in. 36”. 29”.) Optional Variations* Furnished as standard in the following lengths: 23 59 107 29 71 119 35 83 131 47 95 143 B dimension is 1/2” shorter on PLATECOIL over 22” wide. For handles on end specify “Style 70A.) 12”–All 3/4 1/2 Lengths 18” & 22” 3/4 1/2 –Thru 47” 18” & 22” 1 1/2 –Over 47” 26”.) Furnished as standard in the following lengths: 23 59 107 29 71 119 35 83 131 47 95 143 B dimension is 1/2” shorter on PLATECOIL over 22” wide.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 . Platecoil Style 70 Dim. 29”. A (in. those over 12” have two handles.8 PLATECOIL STYLE 70 Style 70 PLATECOIL are efficient for use with steam or other condensing media. 1 1/4 3/4 36”. 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 11 15/16 18 13/16 22 1/4 25 11/16 29 1/8 36 42 7/8 6 10 12 14 16 20 24 2 1/8 8 1/8 1 15/16 15 3/16 1 15/16 18 5/8 2 3/4 21 1/4 2 3/4 24 11/16 2 3/4 31 9/16 2 3/4 38 7/16 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 1/2 7 1/2 2 1/2 14 3/8 2 1/2 17 13/16 2 1/2 21 1/4 2 1/2 24 11/16 2 1/2 31 9/16 2 1/2 38 7/16 6 1 1/2 6 1/8 6 3/16 2 1/16 6 1/8 10 2 1/16 7 3/4 10 3/16 2 7 3/4 13 5/8 2 9/16 7 3/4 20 1/2 2 9/16 7 3/4 27 3/8 2 9/16 1 1/4 1 7/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 2 1/8 See page 12 for surface areas and weights. 29”.) 12”–All 1 3/4 Lengths 18” & 22” 1 3/4 –Thru 47” 18” & 22” 1 1/2 3/4 –Over 47” 26”.) C D X H I K L M N Many Style 70D and 70AD in carbon steel and type 316L stainless steel are available for immediate shipment. Fitting Size Table for Double Embossed Dim.) 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 T (in. of Passes Dimension (in.) 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 Dim. 2 1 36”.” 12” (A dim. See page 14 for standard pass cross section.) Length B Q (in. A Pipes—MPT with R (in. See page 80 for Quick Selection Chart.) Style 70A are furnished with one end mounted handle. Fitting Size Table for Single Embossed U (in. A Pipes—MPT with R (in. Connections through the wall of a tank can be made conveniently or they can be installed vertically with handles on the end.) 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 Standard Handles supplied on single embossed only on request. Coupling—FPT T (in. Optional Variations* B Dimensions (in. 43”– All Lengths Coupling—FPT U (in. 43”–All Lengths * Contact the factory for other available variations.) Nominal Actual No. see page 50. For banking a number of Style 70 PLATECOIL to a common header.) Length B Q (in. Generally used with cold water. For handles on side. specify “Style 60 With Handles. specify “Style 60A. hot oil.9 PLATECOIL STYLE 60 This Serpentine pass design is desirable for use with liquid heat transfer media. The higher internal velocities obtained with liquids in the Serpentine design generally improve overall heat transfer rates. refrigerants. See page 14 for standard pass cross section. of Pass Optional Variations* See Fig. Optional Variations* Style 60N is a two circuit self-contained heat exchanger. Handles are available at no extra charge and are located the same as on Style 70.) Furnished as standard in the following lengths: 23 29 35 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 143 Odd No. 60A. Table 2—All Styles B Dimensions (in. of Passes 6 10 12 14 16 20 24 Dimension D (in. A (in. Table 1—for Styles 60. Standard See page 12 for surface areas and weights.) 8 9/16 15 7/16 18 7/8 22 5/16 25 3/4 32 5/8 39 1/2 Many Style 60D in carbon steel and type 316L stainless steel are available for immediate shipment. B dimension is 1/2” shorter on PLATECOIL over 22” wide.) Nominal 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 Actual 11 15/16 18 13/16 22 1/4 25 11/16 29 1/8 36 42 7/8 No. etc. 60K Dim. 60G. high temperature hot water. .” 12” (A dim) Style 60A are furnished with one end mounted handle. those over 12” have two handles. * Contact the factory for other available variations.” For handles on end. 27-2 on page 27 for actual widths. . Standard Handles supplied on single embossed only on request. B Dimensions (in.) Furnished as standard in the following lengths: 23 59 107 29 71 119 35 83 131 47 95 143 B dimension is 1/2” shorter on PLATECOIL over 22” wide.10 PLATECOIL STYLE 50 Style 50 Serpentine pass PLATECOIL is designed primarily for heating or cooling applications in open tanks when liquid heat transfer media are used. Nominal 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 Dim. See page 14 for standard pass cross section. Optional Variations* * Contact the factory for other available variations. of Passes 6 10 12 14 16 20 24 Many Style 50D in carbon steel and type 316L stainless steel are available for immediate shipment.) Actual 11 15/16 18 13/16 22 1/4 25 11/16 29 1/8 36 42 7/8 No. By merely breaking two connections the PLATECOIL can be removed without emptying the tank. See page 12 for surface areas and weights. A (in. This heavier gauge has proven very satisfactory for the cyclic operating conditions encountered in these machines. b. These thicknesses are MIG welded and this is done from the embossed side only. Call out gauge. 14 ga. K. The following illustrates the description for a typical order. Many metal processing and chemical solutions are corrosive and cause some attack. 1. 3. right hand or left hand GAUGE SELECTION The letter codes which are used with the two digit Style numbers indicate the following: Letter Code D S L R A. state whether the length or width dimension is to be curved. 2. G. The flat side surfaces of single embossed PLATECOIL can be free of seam weld marks if the companion plate is 3/16” or heavier. If the PLATECOIL will be in contact with an abrasive slurry a heavier gauge material is preferable. This is particularly true of a heating unit due to the higher temperatures encountered. would be a safe choice when the PLATECOIL is to be used for the exact same service. For special inlet/outlet pipe lengths. . e. 5. stainless PLATECOIL are preferable for industrial spray washers and similar equipment having high continuous operating heat load requirements. d.e. call out as “Total pipe length. Heavier gauge companions for single embossed PLATECOIL improve flatness and general rigidity. basic style number quantity SIZE SELECTION gauge material width length special style letter single or double (D) embossed The amount of surface area required to provide necessary heating or cooling can be calculated by referring to the Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Calculations Section beginning on page 66. B. In addition to this.” c. Specify desired finish on stainless steel PLATECOIL. Description Double embossed Single embossed Left hand embossing for single embossed unit Right hand embossing for single embossed unit Inlet/Outlet locations and configurations Maximum recommended operating pressures for PLATECOIL in various gauges are shown on page 16. i. PLATECOIL will extend equipment life. E. Here are some other points to remember: a. Examples are aluminum bright dip and sulphuric acid steel pickling solutions. 4. For single embossed. can clarify special details that would be difficult to describe otherwise. this applies to both the embossing and the companion plate. there are certain other factors that should be considered when selecting the gauge of PLATECOIL for a particular application. or electropolished. refer to the Material Selection Charts found on pages 29-32. passivated. For such applications the use of 14 or 12 ga. M. 100 Style 90 ERS 16 Gauge Type 316LSS 22”x83” 11 For assistance in determining what material is best suited for your particular application. See the flatness standards on page 18. Often a simple free-hand sketch accompanying the order.Standard Platecoil Ordering • Selection ORDERING GUIDELINE MATERIAL SELECTION Faster and better service in filling orders for Standard Style PLATECOIL can be given if orders contain a complete description of the PLATECOIL required. as welded. etc. any material that has previously proven satisfactory in a particular application at your plant. If PLATECOIL are to be rolled or curved. Obviously. 53 83 98 113 128 159 189 12 ga.7 39.2 10.5 19.4 26. Carbon steel PLATECOIL are not crated. 16 25 30 35 40 48 58 29 12 ga.2 23.0 33. Width Inches 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 Approx.7 14. 27 43 51 59 67 82 98 14 ga.9 19. 33 52 62 71 81 100 119 95 16 ga.7 42.6 48.9 119 9. Width Inches 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 ALL STYLES IN SQUARE FEET Length in Inches 59 11.3 12.6 Approx.1 119 22. 28 43 51 59 67 83 99 Length in Inches 71 83 16 ga.7 23.4 9. 46 72 85 98 111 138 165 Length in Inches 71 83 14 12 14 12 ga.2 8.2 14. 33 52 61 70 80 98 118 59 12 ga.7 16. Carbon Steel 23 14 ga.9 3.5 29.0 60. 20 32 38 44 50 61 73 14 ga. 13 20 24 27 31 38 46 12 ga. ga. 80 111 125 175 148 207 171 239 194 272 239 334 285 399 Fig. 34 54 64 74 84 103 124 14 ga.9 4. ga.1 29.6 38. 18 28 34 38 44 53 64 14 ga.0 46.7 64.3 50.3 35.6 4.2 49. ga.9 9.3 43.0 143 11.1 11.1 20.4 3. 67 105 124 143 163 201 239 14 ga.5 53. 11 17 20 23 26 32 38 29 16 ga. 77 120 142 164 186 230 274 14 ga 84 131 155 179 204 251 291 For stainless PLATECOIL approximate shipping weight: Add 50% to above for one PLATECOIL per crate. 73 102 114 160 135 189 157 219 177 248 219 306 261 365 143 14 12 ga.7 17.5 29.9 15.2 38.0 9.7 22.4 20.0 107 20.1 7.12 SELECTION & OPERATING DATA Standard PLATECOIL (3/4” Pass) Surface Areas & Weight Double Embossed Surface Areas Fig. ga.5 38.8 13. 40 55 46 65 62 87 72 101 74 103 86 120 85 119 99 139 96 135 112 157 118 166 138 194 141 198 165 231 95 14 ga.0 54.4 17.4 8.9 14.4 47 3.3 11. ga.3 39.1 16. 19 31 36 42 48 58 70 35 12 ga.8 16.5 40.5 18. 66 93 104 145 123 172 142 199 161 226 199 278 237 331 131 14 12 ga. 16 26 30 35 40 49 59 47 16 ga.9 23 4. Net Weights in Pounds: All Styles 14 ga.9 7.1 4.8 28.6 37.4 Areas of Flat Side Only for Single Embossed ALL STYLES IN SQUARE FEET Length in Inches 59 4.0 95 7.5 10.0 57.9 14.8 4.7 35.9 12. 42 65 77 89 101 124 148 16 ga. 50 79 93 107 121 150 179 119 16 ga.1 10.0 35.3 107 8.6 24. 14 21 25 29 33 41 48 35 16 ga.5 11. 55 87 103 119 135 166 199 14 ga.6 26.5 12. 74 116 138 158 180 222 265 107 14 12 ga.4 18. and 14 ga. 12-2 Nominal Width Inches 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 Fig.7 28.3 21. 16 ga.1 8.6 23.8 42.9 7.8 52.9 6.7 31. 12-1 Nominal Width Inches 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 Fig.0 24.7 10.9 17.2 131 24.1 83 6.4 43. 56 87 103 119 135 167 199 131 16 ga.9 21.2 41. ga.4 14.9 10.7 24. 23 36 42 49 55 68 81 14 ga. and 12 ga. 37 57 68 79 89 110 131 14 ga.6 32.8 28.7 5.8 29 2.0 74.5 31.1 17.7 23 1.1 88. . ga. 17 27 32 37 42 51 60 14 ga.1 25.8 27.5 72.2 7.1 21. 60 83 94 131 110 154 128 179 145 202 179 250 213 299 119 14 12 ga. 12-3 Nom.7 21.8 8.7 65. 48 76 90 104 118 145 173 14 ga.9 55.7 13.4 131 10.5 67.2 24. 13 21 25 29 33 40 48 14 ga. 12-4 Nom.2 23. Stainless Steel 23 16 ga. 22 34 41 47 53 66 79 59 16 ga.6 5.7 71 13. 39 61 72 83 94 116 139 14 ga. 27 43 51 58 67 82 97 14 ga.7 45.6 71 5. 30% for two or more per crate.4 6.5 32.5 26.9 96.7 9.1 31.7 14.2 5. 70 109 129 149 169 209 249 14 ga.0 33.8 20.3 6.5 35 6.3 143 26.5 5.1 47.5 80.0 16. 63 98 116 134 152 188 224 14 ga.4 21.5 10. 44 70 83 95 108 133 159 107 16 ga.4 29 5.6 35 2.9 15.9 60.8 12.7 6.0 19.6 95 17.5 11.2 16. 26 41 49 56 64 78 94 47 12 ga.8 83 15.9 16.8 14.5 47 8. 61 96 114 132 149 184 219 143 16 ga.9 18.3 19.1 33.0 3.3 8.3 80.0 12. Net Weights in Pounds: All Styles. 0747”) 3. ft.78 6.31 3.000 10 (0. B .56 5.75 5.590 11. Included for reference only. 13-1 where: A .219 7.297 2.045” 0. as used in immersion applications where space limitations or other factors may require the use of single embossed construction.150 8 (0. ** Standard Thickness for ECONOCOIL.0598”) 2.1875”) (0. * Available as ECONOCOIL Only.583 5.250 3.52 9.76 3.195 CARBON STEEL STAINLESS STEEL 18-8 MONEL NICKEL ALLOY 20Cb-3 ALLOY B-2 ALLOY C-276 ALLOY G INCONEL 18 (0. 144 where A = width in inches.40 2.848 2.820 5. •• Not Available as PLATECOIL. OR MANUFACTURERS’ STANDARD GAUGE FOR SHEET METAL 18 (0.63 5. 144 Approximate Weight of PLATECOIL (lb.625 2. the heat transfer surface area becomes simply: (A) (B) = sq. many applications may indicate the use of sizes other than those listed in the tables. B = length in inches NOTE: For single embossed PLATECOIL.0781”) (0. 1 1 1 A . W equate to embossing dimensions and weight per sq. ft. single embossed tank wall sections.13 SURFACE AREA AND WEIGHT CALCULATION Calculation of Surface Area & Weight The heat transfer surface area and total weight of any standard size.776 3.24 6.100 2.12 2.500 14 (0.431 6.478 0.970 0. use 2.) U. only the flat side area should be considered.450 4.48 6.470 6.04 12. 144 144 1 1 1 2 2 2 Total Surface Area (sq.063” 1. of material used (refer to table below) For single embossed PLATECOIL with companion plate thicker than the embossing.906 6.64 11.2500”) 10.1250”) 3.07 5.60 5.26) = sq.S.1793”) 7. ft.1345”) 5.81 3. the following equations permit quick calculation of surface area and weight. ft. single or double embossed PLATECOIL can be obtained readily from the tables on page 12. This gives the area considering both sides of the PLATECOIL. ft.112 1.99 10. ft.1719”) 7. 2 2 2 Weights of Various Metals (in pounds per sq.530 0.304 2.92 8.31 4.625 8 (0.500 PLATE 3/16 (0.056” 1.880 PLATE 3/16 1/4 (0.00 7.751 0. or extending beyond the embossing.) (A) (B) (2) (W) = lbs.173 1.037 5.0478”) 2.31 7.63 5.1196”) 5.63 7.26.04 5.0500”) 2. 144 W = Weight per sq.S.13 as a muItiplier instead of 2.314 0.554 0.646 8.050” 0. .) Area = (A) (B) (2.604 5.985 10.74 11.210 10. STANDARD GAUGE REVISED.040” 0.559 10 (0.02 8.902 7.032” 0.510 0. For standard pass PLATECOIL in sizes not included in the tables. or both. STANDARD GAUGE 14 12 11 (0.88 3.0625”) 2.642 11.938 0.01 3.03 2.875 7 (0. standard pass.080” 1.311 2.1875”) 7.007 5.349 16 (0.1406”) 5.125 12 (0.27 8.93 2. However. For external clamp-on installations or Fig.484 8. W equate to companion plate dimensions and weight per sq.742 3.865 2.117 0.210 0.056 1.698 NOTE: FOR CLARIFICATION ALWAYS SPECIFY 7 GAUGE OR HEAVIER BY THEIR DECIMAL EQUIVALENT THICKNESS GIVEN IN INCHES.375 11 (0.281 4.257 TITANIUM* ALUMINUM•• 5052-0 STANDARD THICKNESS 0.1094”) (0.553 8.99 6.594 5. B .62 8.33 2.877 1.090” 2.650 1/4 (0.1644”) 6.855 7.2500”) 7.447 U.000 16 (0.0236”** 0.1046”) 4.68 2. the equation is: (A ) (B )(W ) + (A ) (B ) (W ) = lbs.629 0.740 0. ft. 4 16 36 5 4. 14-2 SINGLE EMBOSSED Internal Cross Sectional Area = 0. in.291 sq. 4. 4. Double Single Embossed Single Embossed Embossed Cross Sectional Cross Sectional Cross Area of Header Area of Header Sectional Area . 4.640 sq. Refer to Fig. . Fig. of Header 1. 4 24 MULTI-ZONE DATA Internal Cross Sectional Area = 0. or pass. 14-4 The embossings used for Standard Style PLATECOIL form what is termed a 3/4” size passage. Actual area varies with gauge and material. nom. 4 20 43 6 4. This pass size is approximately equivalent in area to 3/4” steel pipe for double embossed units and 1/2” steel pipe for single embossed units. Fig. Note Figure 14-3 concerning area data on headers. 4. 4 12 26 4 2. in. See page 21 for details. 4. 4. nom. 3 10 22 3 4.334 sq. Large pass size Special PLATECOIL are also available. 4. 4.582 sq. 14-1 NUMBER OF ZONES AND PASSES PER ZONE FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) MULTI-ZONE PLATECOIL DOUBLE EMBOSSED * Last Zone includes condensate pass for Styles 90 and 70. 4. in. Fig.14 PASS SIZE & HEADER DIMENSIONS Fig. 4 14 29 4 4. in. 14-5 Nominal Number of Number of Passes Per Zone Total Width Zones Counting From Top to Bottom Number of Inches of PLATECOIL* Passes 12 2 3. Actual area varies with gauge and material. in. . in. 4. 3. 3 6 18 3 4. 14-1 and 14-2 for detailed dimensional information on pass configurations. Fig.667 sq. 14-3 43” Wide PLATECOIL Depicting Zone and Pass Layout #320 Header HEADER DETAILS #667 Header Double Embossed Cross Sectional Area of Header .320 sq. 4. All areas vary with gauge and material. 4. They are fabricated from 14 ga. * Normally furnished. indicate by changing. however ROD TYPE may be specified at no extra cost.e. Specify material when ordering. i. carbon steel and 16 ga. economical means of supporting PLATECOIL at the proper distance from the tank wall. they are not furnished on Styles 80 or 60. NOTE: The “-18” indicates the standard extension length. 15-1 STANDARD HANDLE* Fig. They are constructed of the same material as the PLATECOIL with which they are used. No. ROD TYPE are furnished whenever a perimeter seal weld is required. Fig. Two standard hanger models are available. Dimensions are basically the same as standard handles. stainless steel and other alloys. They are fabricated from 14 ga. 70 and 50. 8804-18 Fig. The bottom edge of the PLATECOIL should be at least 3” off the bottom of the tank for natural circulation to occur. 8804 is for use with PLATECOIL widths of 26 inches thru 43 inches. . 5504-18 See pages 7 through 11 for locations on PLATECOIL. 5504 is for use with PLATECOIL of 22-inch width. If longer extension is required.15 HANDLES One or two handles (Fig 15-1) are furnished as standard on PLATECOIL Styles 90. Fig. HANGERS PLATECOIL “Quick Change” hangers are designed as a convenient. 15-4 Hanger No. -30 would indicate 12 inches longer than standard. carbon steel and 16 ga. or on Single Embossed PLATECOIL. or less. Unless specified. 15-2 Typical installation in a tank showing the use of QUICK CHANGE PLATECOIL hangers with a Style 90.stainless steel and other alloys. 15-3 Hanger No.. No. FABRICATION TECHNIQUES MAY PERMIT HIGHER OPERATING PRESSURES IN CERTAIN CASES. 6. This is the most sensitive leak test procedure used and is required for PLATECOIL for cryogenic service. This test is effective in checking for leak rates as low as I x 10 atmospheric cc/sec. 316. The exterior surfaces are checked for leaks. can be detected. 80 & 90 MULTI-ZONE and 320 header and Style 50 & 60 SERPENTINE pass. MONEL PSI 250 330 400 PSI 130 145 180 205 190 215 265 265 PSI 160 190 205 240 240 270 290 300 External Pressure Ratings Fig. since leaks can be more easily detected. 4. This test is effective in checking for leak rates as low as 1 X 10 atmospheric cc/sec. No safety factor is included. 316L. it is always required for ASME code stamped PLATECOIL. For pressures above 250 psig hydrostatic tests are performed.16 Fig. contact the factory. Leak rates as low as 1 x 10 atmospheric cc/sec. 5. -5 MASS SPECTROMETER TEST EXTERNAL PRESSURE RATINGS FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) PLATECOIL For use in pressure vessels and other miscellaneous applications. In addition. 2. external pressure ratings become important considerations. 16-2 STYLE CARBON STEEL Gauge Double Embossed Single Embossed 14/14 12/12 14/12 12/12 — External PSI 600 1400 800 1000 — STAINLESS STEEL Gauge 16/16 14/14 16/14 14/14 14/12 External PSI 400 600 400 400 800 Gauge CARBON STEEL Double Embossed PSI 16 180 14 300 12 400 Single Embossed Embossing Companion 16 16 16 14 16 12 16 11 14 14 14 12 14 11 & over 12 12 & over LEAK & PRESSURE TEST OPTIONS Applicable to Style 70. This test has proven superior to a hydrostatic test. 16-1 INTERNAL OPERATING PRESSURES FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) PLATECOIL 304. Any helium that can leak into the passes is picked up by the machine and shows up as a leak rate on the indicator. All PLATECOIL receive an Air-Under-Water Leak Test. -4 HYDROSTATIC TEST The PLATECOIL is filled with water and a pump builds up pressure internally. The values shown in the chart are maximums at room temperature. If elevated temperatures are involved. Standard test pressure is 250 psig air under water. -9 . The PLATECOIL are immersed in a water filled tank containing a leak detection agent. A special probe is passed over external surface to check for leaks. All pressures shown apply for resistance welding and for MIG welding when gauges permit. Ratings for carbon steel apply for -20°F to 500°F and are based on a 4 to 1 or greater safety factor without corrosion allowance. Air pressure is applied internally and the water is watched for bubbles. 1. HELIUM LEAK TEST The test is performed in a special booth and the PLATECOIL is charged with helium at 100 to 150 psig. Ratings for stainless steel and Monel apply up to saturated steam temperature for pressures shown with 5 to 1 or greater safety factor without corrosion allowance. 3. This test is used for test pressures above 250 psig and at lower pressures when specified by the customer. ASME code pressure ratings are available from the factory upon request. The PLATECOIL is sprayed with helium or placed in a helium filled enclosure and a vacuum pulled on the PLATECOIL passes.304L. For #667 header PLATECOIL use 50% of the operating pressures shown. 17-2 WELDING METHOD Resistance Welded: Per ASME Sec. Please check State and Local Boiler Codes before specifying a code stamp. The “UM” stamp also signifies that the product has been manufactured in compliance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code but was exempted from code inspection. Inconel 600. 1 and that it has been inspected by an authorized inspector. “U” or ”UM” symbol shown to the left is applied as required. C-276. 304L. 316. Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 317L. is 10 times as sensitive as the 10 air under water test.25% C Max. X. or max. and registered with the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors (NB). G. U-2 certificates are supplied with components that will be incorporated into completed products by other manufacturers. Nickel 200. 304L. 309S. C-20Cb-3. 316L. Alloys B-2.) STAINLESS STEELS: SA-240 Types 302. G. UW-2(a). 317. VIII Div. Incoloys 800 & 825.15% C Max. AL-6XN CARBON STEELS: SA-414 (0. 1 Appendix 17 ASME MATERIALS FOR PLATECOIL GAUGES . National Board registration can also be provided in those cases where registration is not required by local or State codes but has been requested by the customer. Alloys B-2. Division 1. X. ASME NAMEPLATE The NB Symbol shown below is applied only if the unit is required to be registered with the National Board. C-276. 304. any Code Stamped PLATECOIL product will be processed in a special manner and may require one to two weeks longer than normal fabrication times. and serial number blanks filled in. Div. AL-6XN .130” max Companion . 321. Par. -4 NOTE: Dye penetrant tests can be made to check welds for surface porosity. On PLATECOIL and PLATECOIL products code stamped with the “U” stamp (not “UM” stamp) a National Board Number will be supplied if required by State and Local Boiler Codes. 310S. XM15 NONFERROUS METALS: Inconel 600. Other PLATECOIL fabrications can be code stamped if assembled by conventional processes covered by Section VIII. It is the official symbol of the stamp to denote the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors Standard. 316L NONFERROUS METALS: Monel 400. slag or cracks. 1. C-20Cb-3. 625. C-22. Copies of the form will be supplied to the customer at time of shipment. The “U” stamp signifies that the product has been manufactured in compliance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII.17 ANALYSIS OF SENSITIVITY OF TESTS -5 -4 -9 code stamped in accordance with the ASME Code Section VIII. 304. 347. CODE STAMP MARKING DATA All PLATECOIL furnished with the code stamp will be marked by metal stamps on the flange between the fittings (whenever possible .15% C Max. is one hundred thousand times as sensitive as the 10 air-under-water test. Markings will be as noted below with pressure. SHIPMENT ASME CODE STAMPED PLATECOIL Generally.045” minimum 1/4” nominalmaximum or any combination not exceeding this min. The mass spectrometer test at 10 atmospheric cc/sec.130” min no max.045” min. C-22. Resistance welded and MIG welded PLATECOIL are Fig. 17-1 APPLICATIONS PLATECOIL can be code stamped per the limitations below when used for the containment of substances other than those defined as lethal substances by Section VIII. Code stamping of any type should be requested at the time of order if it is required. 625. 348. Fig. appendix 17. PLATECOIL and PLATECOIL products can be code stamped with the ASME “U” Stamp or “UM” stamp. 316. temperature.). Incoloy 800. Embossing . MATERIALS CARBON STEEL: SA-414 (0. . A Helium test at 10 atmospheric cc/sec.) STAINLESS STEELS: SA-240 Types 302. Div. SA-516 (0. They are the official symbols of the stamp to denote The American Society of Mechanical Engineers Standard.otherwise the most appropriate flange or location). VIII Div. 904L. 1 Appendix 17 MIG Welded: Per ASME Sec. 904L. SA-515/516 grade 70. Incoloy 825. U-1A certificates are furnished with the “U” stamp and U-3 certificates with the “UM” stamp. single and double embossed. PLATECOIL can also be rolled or curved. These measurements are made by laying the PLATECOIL on a flat surface with the flat side down. PRESSURE DROP DATA FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) PLATECOIL Details on pressure drop involving all Styles of PLATECOIL. In addition. By holding all 4 corners and the sides down these tolerances will be reduced to approximately 1/2 of the amounts shown. will be from the flat surface. nom. specially welded and tested. Heavier gauge companions. nom . in a free state./sq. special processing and/or stiffener bars are methods used. These are described on pages 24 and 27. 18-1 Length 23 29 35 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 143 Flatness Standards (3/4” Pass) 16/16 STAINLESS STEEL and 14/14 CARBON STEEL 12” 3/16 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 9/16 5/8 11/16 18” 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 22” 1/4 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 11/16 3/4 13/16 7/8 Width 26” 29” 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 7/16 7/16 1/2 1/2 9/16 9/16 5/8 11/16 11/16 3/4 3/4 13/16 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1-1/16 36” 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 11/16 3/4 7/8 1 1 1-1/8 1-1/8 43” 5/16 7/16 7/16 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-5/16 ACCESSORIES & OPTIONAL FEATURES A variety of accessories such as mounting lugs. in. special fittings. The fractions shown represent the maximum distance that any part of the flat side of the PLATECOIL./sq. Fig. Contact factory if closer flatness tolerances are needed. gal. All these options are described on page 25.28 . Fig. ft. ft. can be provided with an electropolished finish. of PLATECOIL based on length x width (do not use total of both side areas) and apply to standard pass PLATECOIL of 14 or 16 gauge construction. PLATECOIL is available on a special order basis in a variety of gauges and materials other than carbon steel and stainless steel. Stainless Steel units.18 FLATNESS STANDARDS FOR STANDARD (3/4” PASS) SINGLE EMBOSSED PLATECOIL The table below shows normal flatness standards for resistance welded single embossed PLATECOIL with standard 1” wide perimeter flanges.10 . and tie-rod assemblies can be ordered for use with PLATECOIL.20 . 18-2 Volumetric Displacement and Internal Volume of Platecoil cu. ft. PLATECOIL can also be made available with special surface finishes and coatings. A similar result can be obtained by affixing the PLATECOIL to a flat framework at installation. standard units can be obtained from the charts appearing on page 84 and 85 of the PLATECOIL Heat Transfer Design Data Section.18 Internal Volume Double embossed Single embossed Displacement Double embossed Single embossed 46 23 64 41 These values are for one sq. A complete list of optional materials is shown on page 28. . for instance. These figures are maximum deviations from the flat surface and are not ± tolerances. Minimum Width .For a single embossing with 24 passes. Minimum Length . embossings for 3/4” pass PLATECOIL can also be fabricated in heavier gauges than those shown on page 12. This allows for the design of formed flanges and other special requirements. There are. Longer lengths can be supplied by joining one or more pieces with butt welds. Other widths and pass configurations are available. 19-1 Style 40-12-2-2-2 Fig. Standard PLATECOIL can usually be furnished with length or width dimensions smaller than standard.Minimum length is normally 23”. 26 passes can be provided with a maximum width of 46” or wider with butt weld. The flexibility offered by this style permits optimization of velocity versus pressure drop for best heat transfer. series parallel style 40 PLATECOIL are supplied. or if quantities justify special tooling. Contact the factory or your PLATECOIL Sales Representative for details.The minimum width for a single pass configuration is 2”. See page 27. Also “companion” plates can be furnished with width and/or length dimensions greater than the embossings. the maximum width is 43” for most styles. Heavier gauge companion plates for single embossed PLATECOIL improve flatness and general rigidity. These are as follows: Fig.For a single embossing. Fig. The second number designates the width of the PLATECOIL. Through the use of MIG welding. Maximum Length . Fig. See the Flatness Standards Chart on page 18.Other Platecoil Styles STYLE 40 SERIES PARALLEL For conditions requiring higher flow rates or lower pressure drops than Serpentine type PLATECOIL. . 19 HEAVY DUTY EMBOSSINGS AND SPECIAL COMPANION PLATES In addition to Large Pass PLATECOIL embossings which can be furnished from material as heavy as 10 gauge. however. The sketches below illustrate typical products. Each following number indicates the number of passes in each zone from top to bottom. 19-2 Style 40-18-5-5 PLATECOIL IN NONSTANDARD SIZES Because of its unique versatility. the maximum length is approximately 24 feet. PLATECOIL can be furnished in a variety of sizes other than those shown in the tables on page 12. 19-4 Style 40-29-4-4-4-4 Style 40 designates 3/4” pass size PLATECOIL with a series-parallel pass arrangement. unless cutting and joining pieces by butt welding is acceptable. 19-3 Style 40-22-3-3-3-3 Maximum Width . the flat “companion” plates for single embossed PLATECOIL can be supplied in any thickness desired. Ten gauge material is usually the maximum. In some styles. certain practical size limitations imposed by both fabrication capabilities and shipping restrictions which must be considered. Shipping limitations are the only constraint. Pattern 200 PLATECOIL have a slightly smaller cross section and higher pressure ratings than style 30. 40 pipe cross section. Details are shown on page 21. 2. Fluidized bed applications involving abrasive materials. Water cooled walls. heat screens. 5. Fig. and other protective and/or heat reclaiming surfaces. 20-1 Typical Styles and Fittings Note: Dimensions shown are typical for Style 30 Platecoil. silty river water. hoods. Large Pass PLATECOIL provide the advantage of higher internal flow rates and/or heavy duty construction. Heat exchangers using muddy. etc. 3. Storage tank heaters where metal thickness must include a corrosion and/or erosion allowance. 20-2 Header Style Fig. 4. sched. 1. Pattern 200 dimensions will differ slightly. These styles are available in both Header and Serpentine construction. Fig. and a variety of other materials as described on page 26.20 LARGE PASS PLATECOIL Style 30 PLATECOIL have large passes equal to 1-1/2” dia. They are available in carbon steel. Large Pass PLATECOIL embossings can be pressed from material thicknesses ranging from 12 through 10 gauge. Type 316LSS. 20-3 Serpentine Style . Hot oil heating systems where low pressure drop is important. use above double embossed internal pressure ratings. of Passes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 LARGE PASS PLATECOIL Width vs. 21-1 Pattern 200 Fig. in. in. Internal Cross Sectional Area: Double Embossed 1. 21-2 Internal Cross Sectional Area: Double Embossed 2.86 sq.15 x length x width. 21-4 INTERNAL OPERATING PRESSURES FOR LARGE PASS PLATECOIL Style 30 PSI 40 90 140 PSI 30 50 45 80 100 130 Pattern 200 PSI 50 115 175 PSI 40 65 60 100 125 165 Gauge Double Embossed 14 12 10 Single Embossed Embossing Companion 14 12 14 10 12 12 12 10 10 10 10 7 Standard widths. For external design pressures. Optional lengths available. Single Embossed: 1. Number of Passes Style 30 width 5 3/8 9 3/16 13 16 7/8 20 3/4 24 9/16 28 3/8 32 1/4 36 1/8 39 15/16 43 3/4 N/A N/A Pattern 200 width 5 8 7/16 11 7/8 15 5/16 18 3/4 22 3/16 25 5/8 29 1/16 32 1/2 35 15/16 39 3/8 42 13/16 46 1/4 Fig. Standard lengths same as shown on page 12. single or double embossed. 2.08 x length x width. nom. nom.1 sq. 2. in. Single embossed. . Fig. in. 21-3 No. Single Embossed: 0. Surface area: Double embossed. ASME code pressure ratings are available from the factory upon request.21 LARGE PASS PLATECOIL (cont’d) CROSS SECTIONAL DETAILS Applies to Headers and Passes Style 30 Fig.93 sq.05 sq. In these situations. Parallel pass PLATECOIL are also available with the larger 667 header design. .22 PARALLEL PASS PLATECOIL For widths other than the seven standard widths given in Figure 14-5 (pg. A cross section of the 320 header is shown in Fig. 14). a 36” wide x 23” long coil is not available in the Multi-Zone design but can be furnished as a parallel pass PLATECOIL. 14-3 (pg. 86. and 76. With the 667 header. the Multi-Zone pass configuration is not available. Style 93 Style 83 Style 73 The “3” in the two digit style number refers to the 320 header which distributes flow to the passes in parallel. which is depicted in Fig. 14). Portholes (cutouts) in PLATECOIL are discussed further on page 26. the style designations are 96. In addition to non-standard widths. For example. It is also common to use the parallel pass design where portholes are required in the PLATECOIL. The optional variations available with parallel pass PLATECOIL are the same as their Multi-Zone counterparts. 14-3. parallel pass PLATECOIL may be offered when the length of the coil is less than the width. we supply parallel pass PLATECOIL as illustrated below. Internal Cross Sectional Area: Single Embossed . 23-1) allows for higher pressure ratings with lighter gauge materials meaning reduced weight and cost. 23-2 Fig. NUMBER OF PASSES No.) 1 2 1/2 13 20 1/8 2 4 14 21 5/8 3 5 7/16 15 23 1/16 4 6 7/8 16 24 1/2 5 8 3/8 17 26 6 9 7/8 18 27 1/2 7 11 5/16 19 28 15/16 8 12 3/4 20 30 3/8 9 14 1/4 21 31 7/8 10 15 3/4 22 33 3/8 11 17 3/16 23 34 13/16 12 18 5/8 24 36 1/4 Fig. nom. in. 316. it has also found application in many immersion installations as well as ice making banks and evaporative coolers for process equipment. Pattern 400 PLATECOIL are available in both double embossed pattern 402 and single embossed pattern 401 designs. PATTERN 400 PLATECOIL INTERNAL OPERATING PRESSURES Gauge Double Embossed (402) 16 18 20 Single Embossed (401) Embossing Companion 16 16 16 14 18 18 18 16 18 14 20 18 CARBON STEEL PSI 175 125 100 PSI 150 160 100 125 140 85 304. This low profile was originally selected for its superior performance with evaporating refrigerants. PATTERN 400 PLATECOIL WIDTH vs. For other pass circuitry such as Serpentine or parallel pass. In some applications. A series parallel configuration as shown in figure 23-2 below is standard. contact the factory. 316L. However. nom. Passes Actual Width (in. 304L. 23-1 Internal Cross Sectional Area: Double Embossed . . the low profile prevents product build-up which would impede heat transfer and require frequent cleaning of other types of heat exchangers.22 sq. MONEL PSI 200 150 125 PSI 175 200 115 125 140 100 Note: Contact the factory for alternate header designs to achieve higher pressure ratings.23 PATTERN 400 PLATECOIL Pattern 400 PLATECOIL are characterized by a shallow pass design. The closer center-to-center spacing (see Fig. Passes Actual Width (in. in.) No.11 sq. 24-2 Lug Designs Lug Dimensions TIE ROD ASSEMBLIES Standard tie rod assemblies are available with or without springs. B Dim. 24-2.5 9. 24-3 Installed View L-1 E Lugs with Tie Rod Assembly A 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 GAP 1.5 5. doesn’t apply to lugs on sides. Standard Mounting Dimensions for All Lugs on Ends of PLATECOIL A 6 8 10 12 14 16 . L-2 FX .24 Platecoil Accessories and Optional Features MOUNTING LUGS PLATECOIL mounting lugs are used extensively for mounting purposes.Generally used to attach flat PLATECOIL to flat or nearly flat surfaces. See Fig.Same as L-2 F except a 3-inch leg is added (height can be varied) to provide clearance above tank bottoms. 24-2 B Dim. L-3 S . Generally the PLATECOIL are single embossed and rolled. 24-1 Fig.5 Fig.Used on end or side of PLATECOIL for clamping them tightly to tanks or vessels. L-2 S .5 13.Generally used to attach PLATECOIL to dished heads.5 7. Fig. Fig. Standard lugs are illustrated in Fig. C/L of Lugs 12” 2 Lugs/End 4” 4” 18” 2 Lugs/End 4 1/8” 10 1/2” 22” 2 Lugs/End 4 1/8” 14” 26” 2 Lugs/End 4 7/8” 16” 29” 2 Lugs/End 5 9/16” 18” 36” 3 Lugs/End 5” 13”* 43” 3 Lugs/End 5 7/16” 16”* * Three lugs on these widths. the usual lug spacing on the side is 30 inches. These lugs are generally used as follows: L-1 E . In cases where thermal expansion or contraction may be appreciable. third lug on C/L of PLATECOIL.5 9. 24-4 Installed View L-1 E Lugs with Spring Loaded Tie Rod Assembly GAP 1.5 7. the spring loaded tie rods help maintain maximum contact.5 Fig.5 5. especially in agitated tanks.5 11.5 3. 24-5 PLATECOIL Width A Dim. 24-1 and adaptations and attachment locations are shown in Fig.Foot type support for PLATECOIL installed on end.5 3.5 11. L-2 F . Tranter does not normally furnish these coatings but will ship direct to an applicator. chemically applied finish for stainless steel. Fig. Both A and B above are recommended and should be specified for PLATECOIL to be used in refrigeration service. -0 +1/2”. Inc. These include the following: A. Electropolished PLATECOIL are regularly used in phosphatizing solutions to reduce scaling and permit easier cleaning. D. It is also used in some food processes. using Tranter’s standard mounting lugs. Tranter PHE. The PLATECOIL radius is selected using individual PLATECOIL dimensions and the tank radius. See page 63 for further details. but in addition. Normal tolerances are: Angle of Coverage Ø 0 . -0 +3/4”. Of the two. or for reflective or absorptive purposes. 25-1 Standard 3/4” Pass PLATECOIL Curving Limits (Minimum Radii) Style Single Embossed* Double Embossed 50 & 60 Serpentine 4” 8” Multi-Zone & No. It is generally equivalent to a 2B finish. The edge is sealed by means of a bead weld.90° 91° . -0 c. galvanizing is a denser. #180 PERIMETER WELD. Specify when ordering. C. a slight separation may occur between the outside edges of the two metal plate components. 320 Header 6” 9” No. #160 PERIMETER WELD. The finish is bright and generally considered to provide an emissivity of about . burrs and sharp depressions. In some instances. B. DRY AND SEAL is generally desirable for PLATECOIL being used with a refrigerant. Galvanizing and Zinc Metalizing. These protective coatings are frequently used with carbon steel PLATECOIL. This is basically the same as the #160. the PLATECOIL radius is designed to allow a 1/4” gap at the ends of the PLATECOIL.30° 31° . . these outside edges can be sealed utilizing the following processes: a. Sealing is by means of plastic caps.60° 61° . Handles are rod type. particularly where rusting is objectionable.110° 111° . A perimeter weld and rod handles are required for PLATECOIL which are to be coated. If necessary. -0 +1/4”. and users should be careful to guard against such damage. prepares PLATECOIL for coating by others and each is individually leak tested before shipment. PLATECOIL are occasionally painted for surface protection. b. This is an economical. this weld is achieved by shearing through the center of a resistance weld. Inc. all welds are ground to eliminate sharp edges. plus a fillet bead weld.1. but not ground or polished. Coating. Plastic and enamel coatings are used more to reduce fouling than for corrosion resistance. See page 16. and for reflective surfaces on cryogenic shrouds. Electropolish. INTERNAL CLEAN. Paint.180° Radius Tolerance +2”.25 PLATECOIL’s unique design versatility allows it to be curved and/or rolled to specific radii. CRYOGENIC EDGE WELD. but does not entirely eliminate seam and spot weld marks. white water heating. PERIMETER SEAL WELD When fabricating PLATECOIL. has developed this method to ensure proper fit-up at installation. 667 Header 8” 10” *Companion plate may be on either inside or outside of curvature. TRANTER PHE. Such coatings can be damaged by rough handling or use. A #160 perimeter seal weld is required for PLATECOIL that are to be galvanized. prime coats. BECAUSE OF DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR TO THE COATING DURING HANDLING OR OPERATION. ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY PLATECOIL OR THE C0ATING. HELIUM leak testing is often desirable. This process includes a skip seam structural weld. INC. The bead weld is wire brushed. PLATECOIL FOR REFRIGERATION A. A variety of surface finishes can be provided on PLATECOIL units to comply with specific application requirements. Various customers throughout the country apply plastic or glass enamel coatings to PLATECOIL. SURFACE FINISH OPTIONS When PLATECOIL is clamped to the outside of a tank. Tranter PHE. Both single and double embossed units can be furnished with either dimension curved. B. smoother finish. Handles are rod type. Baking facilities are available. -0 +1”. Optional extra width or length companion plate Fig. . There is great flexibility in the types of fittings available and their location. Notch-type opening in the end (or side) of a PLATECOIL. 26-5 Fig. Rectangular Openings Fig. or portholes. or with width and/or length dimensions greater than the embossings to allow for formed flanges or other special features. Figure 26-3 tabulates four standard size portholes and the number of passes that enter the header around the porthole. Rectangular openings as shown below are used near edges and headers. as integral components of tanks. 26-4 Square opening. to form conveyors or chutes. are shown in Fig. Note that 13 1/2 inch diameter and larger portholes have double headers. Fig. Typical circular openings. Single embossed PLATECOIL have many applications. for use as platens or other working surfaces. 26-3 PORTHOLE TABULATION Single Embossed Passes Required Maximum Hole Size Round Portholes Rectangular Openings (in. 26-2 Fig. Round openings are used in the body of the PLATECOIL. Fig. designated as the “companion plate. These are sized to suit requirements. These are often used in fabricating rectangular tanks. pans. 26-1 and 26-2.26 OPENINGS IN PLATECOIL Many PLATECOIL applications require openings in the pass area. 26-6 Tangent bend PLATECOIL fabrications for rectangular tanks. Some of the more common ones are: on the outside of tank walls. etc.) 1 3/4 5 3 5 1/4 7 5 8 1/2 9 7 13 1/2 16 10 Tangent Bends PLATECOIL with tangent bends on 2” radius are available (up to 36” width). 26-1 These portholes are not available in Serpentine PLATECOIL.” In addition to the standard styles shown on pages 6 through 10 they can be supplied with heavy gauge companion plates. SINGLE EMBOSSED (FLAT ONE SIDE) PLATECOIL Single embossed PLATECOIL has one flat side. Extra Long Pipe Lengths (not shown) . 2” NPS maximum size of any available schedule pipe. Copper fittings are available. 2. Number of Passes 13 14 15 16 24 25 11/16 27 3/8 29 1/8 Notes: 1. Fittings available (any combination) a.internally threaded. 2” NPS 2500# class maximum size f. 3. 27-1. b. The types of special fittings are described and illustrated as follows: 1. 27-3 Optional Fittings . Any intermediate lengths less than those produced by shearing can be supplied also. Fig. Tubes . Couplings . 6 feet long with necessary bracing. half or socket. e.Full. Flange Fittings (not shown). Pipes . All Standard lengths can be reduced up to approximately 1“ by shearing both ends. plus a variety of special fittings. 2. 27-1 Perimeter Hole and Slot Details SPECIAL INLET/OUTLET PIPE LENGTHS The length of the inlet and outlet pipes as indicated on pages 6 through 10 for standard PLATECOIL styles can be altered to meet installation requirements at a small additional charge. MOUNTING SLOTS & HOLES Holes may be drilled or punched in the perimeter flange for use in mounting instead of handles. Extra long pipe lengths up to approximately 6 feet can be furnished with bracing. They must be fabricated on special order. Pipes can be lengthened to a maximum of 36” without bracing. 2” NPS maximum size. 2” NPS 6000# class maximum size. can be specified to meet a variety of application requirements. care should be taken not to penetrate the seam weld. Stock PLATECOIL cannot be sheared to these special widths and lengths. b. d.as in “a” and up to approx. Maximum hole and slot dimensions are shown in Fig. Wider flanges can be provided if larger holes are required. Exceptions are style 60E and all styles 70 and 80 in lengths over 47” for which about 3/4” is the maximum reduction. 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Passes 17 Actual 30 7/8 32 9/16 34 1/4 36 37 3/4 39 7/16 41 1/8 42 7/8 44 5/8 46 5/16 Width Width vs. c.27 3/4” PASS PLATECOIL IN NON-STANDARD SIZES Fig. This table is based on 1 23/32” standard pass centers. Elbows .NPT or NPT with 4” long locknut thread or weld end. with approximately 1 inch flanges. Most Standard widths can be reduced up to approximately 1“ by shearing both sides. 4.Plain end or flared with nut attached 1” maximum size. street or weld end. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Passes Actual 3 3/8 5 1/16 6 3/4 8 1/2 10 1/4 11 15/16 13 5/8 15 3/8 17 1/8 18 13/16 20 1/2 22 1/4 Width No. Same as PLATECOIL in all cases except as specified. Fitting material available a. Fig. other than those normally furnished.any type. All dimensions subject to manufacturing tolerances. If holes are drilled at the time of installation. EXTRA AND/OR SPECIAL FITTINGS Extra fittings. 27-2 No. (Available only in ECONOCOIL construction. PRECAUTIONARY CLAUSE IMPORTANT “Because Alloy PLATECOIL are normally used in very corrosive solutions in which small variations in operating conditions can substantially affect the corrosion rates of these PLATECOIL.15% carbon. manganese. 20% chromium. These alloys may be an alternate to titanium construction in some applications and can generally be ASME code stamped. The balance consists of iron. 1. ALLOY G (SB-582) It can handle both acid and alkaline solutions and will resist pitting and stress-corrosion cracking in chloride solutions. 14 to 17% chromium. Alloy 20Cb-3 PLATECOIL are typically constructed of 14 gauge material for extra life. Consult the Material Selection Chart (page 29-32) for detailed application data. . They can be furnished full solution annealed and passivated at additional charge for the more severe conditions. about 18% iron and small amounts of silicon. Tranter PHE. . 4 to 7% iron and maximum of 1% silicon. Composition: 60% nickel. assumes no responsibility for corrosion resistance or life span of these PLATECOIL in any solution. provides resistance to oxidizing atmospheres at elevated temperatures. These alloys are high molybdenum austenitic stainless steels developed for superior corrosion resistance in chloride environments such as seawater. The balance consists of iron and small amounts of silicon.) ® ALLOY 20CB-3 (SB-463) MONEL 400 (SB-127) This nickel-copper alloy is most commonly used for medium-concentration caustic solutions. 1% manganese. Since corrosion rates increase greatly with temperature. and carbon. Also possesses valuable high temperature properties. Composition: 35% nickel. silicon. Also. 16 to 18% molybdenum. 1% tungsten. 15 to 17% chromium. Other gauges are available. 2% molybdenum. 1 % silicon. small amounts of copper. However. ALLOY C-276 (SB-575) One of the more universally corrosion-resistant alloys and has excellent high temperature properties. carbon and columbium. 21 to 23% chromium. TITANIUM A highly corrosion-resistant material for use in many chemical solutions. copper. However. especially those containing chlorides. 26 to 30% molybdenum. slight variations in operating conditions can cause severe adverse effects with regard to corrosion rates of this alloy. Remains bright under exposure to sulfur compounds in the atmosphere. Inc. Composition: 18-24% nickel. INCONEL 600 (SB-168) Resists corrosion by many inorganic and organic compounds throughout wide ranges of acidity and alkalinity. and for miscellaneous applications in the chemical and other industries. 6% molybdenum. We warrant the PLATECOIL to be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from shipment. NICKEL 200 (SB-162) Nickel 200 can be used with concentrated caustics over a wide temperature range as well as other industrial usages.12% carbon. PLATECOIL can also be fabricated from the materials listed below.. Composition: 50% Nickel. PLATECOIL fabricated from Alloy 20Cb-3 is a logical choice for highly corrosive applications such as sulfuric acid steel pickling. manganese. Composition: 67% nickel. small amounts of nitrogen. the presence of ferric and cupric salts can cause rapid corrosion. The nominal compositions are shown as well as the most common applications. . AL-6XN OR 254-SMO ALLOY B-2 (SB-333) A nickel based alloy developed primarily for corrosion resistance to hydrochloric acid. which are available from the factory. carbon. 20% chromium. 2 1/2% cobalt. 5 to 7% molybdenum. Composition: 44 to 47% nickel. silicon. 6 to 10% iron.4% iron. 30% copper. All potential applications should be checked with coupons.28 Platecoil Materials Selection & Fabrication Techniques OPTIONAL PLATECOIL MATERIALS In addition to carbon and stainless steels. Composition: 76% nickel. the PLATECOIL should be sized for a one hour heat up time or less so the steam will be on less. 1% chromium. Particularly useful where parts are either highly stressed or subject to repeated thermal shock at high temperatures. Primarily used in sulfuric acid pickling solutions. manganese. 1 % manganese. 1% manganese. See page 99 and our separate Bulletin on titanium heating and cooling coils. and sulfur. and carbon. steam pressures of 15 psig or less are desirable for corrosive duty. The evaluations shown below are general and are not specific recommendations. 3% copper. and galvanic action which may alter the ratings given. Aluminum Bright Dip 316L SS (if sulphuric acid 347SS is not present) 2. Chromic Acid Rinse Carbon Steel (below 130F & 0. Many of these involve complex mixtures of chemicals so they are presented separately. 29-1) is a practical listing of Common Metal Finishing Solutions.The materials shown are generally used for the solutions shown. The metallurgical departments of each of the suppliers of the materials listed have either given or approved the ratings assigned. Bronze Plating Carbon Steel 5. Dichromate Seal Carbon Steel Tank 14. Caustic or Alkali Monel Stress relived Cleaning to 15% Carbon Steel 7. Fluoborate Copper None Plating 17. but because of the points mentioned above. Brass Plating Carbon Steel 4. Caustic or Alkali Carbon Steel Cleaner (5% and below) 6. Sulphuric Acid Pickling with Copper Sulphate (non-ferrous parts) 25. The first chart (Fig. Cathodically Connected (see Fig.5%) 9. Sulphate Type Titanium Chromium Plating 10. operating conditions present many variables such as aeration. White Brass Alloy Plating 316L SS C-20 or Alloy 20Cb-3 Alloy 20Cb-3 or Alloy 825 (with caution) 316L SS or Alloy 20Cb-3 POSSIBLE Material selection charts are presented here to assist in determining the most suitable material for various environments. Galvanizing Flux Titanium (Zinc Ammonium Chloride) 18. Some ratings shown in the General Material Selection Chart (page 30) are the result of laboratory tests conducted by suspending samples of the material in the solution. Electroless Nickel 316L SS is suitable but it will scale 20. Sulphuric Acid Copper Plating 23. Cyanide Cadmium Carbon Steel Plating 11. they are not subject to the high temperatures often encountered when heating with PLATECOIL. the ratings should be considered as only a guide. Aluminum Anodizing 316L SS 304 SS Hot Seal Tank 3. Dye for Coloring 316L SS Anodized Aluminum 15. Caustic Paint Stripper Nickel or Monel Stress relieved 15-30% Carbon Steel 8. 29-1 SOLUTION PREFERRED MATERIAL POSSIBLE 1. Cyanide Copper Plating Carbon Steel 316L SS Material Selection Guide for Common Metal Finishing Solutions . Phosphatizing 316L SS (electropolished) 21. should the ratings be considered as the basis for a guarantee of PLATECOIL life. In additon. Sulphuric Acid Anodizing 72F 22. Dye Seal Tank 316L SS 16. Cyanide Zinc Plating Carbon Steel 12. solution contaminants. Therefore. 53-2) 316L SS Carbon Steel Fig.29 PLATECOIL MATERIAL SELECTION CHARTS Material Selection Guide for Common Metal Finishing Solutions (cont’d) SOLUTION PREFERRED MATERIAL 13. In no instance. Nickel Plating (all Titanium but high Fluorine types) 19. Sulphuric Acid Pickling of Steel Parts (no Chlorides) 24. for either chart. 3. 4. 6 2. 4. 7. 8. 6. 5. 4. 5. 3. 4. 5 4. 2. 8 1. 9 2. 7. 7 1. 5 2. 9 2. 6. 5 1. 8 1. 9 9 3. 4. In no instance should the ratings be considered as the basis for a guarantee of PLATECOIL life. 4. 8. 4. 4. 6. 5. 9 9 2. 9 2. 9 4 1. 5 5 1 2*. 6 6 3. 3. (f) Small traces of chlorides. 6. 3. 4. 9 2. 6. 3.) Aniline 3% Conc. 5. 5 2* 5 5 1 1 1 1 4 4 1 1 1. 5 4 4 6 3. 9 7. 9 9 2. 5 1 2. 3. 9 2. 4 4. 9 2. 4. & Temp. 5. (e) Titanium may be fully resistant under certain conditions while it may react violently with others. 5. 6*. 5. 8 2*. 9 8. 3.) (Blue Vitriol) Creosote (Coal Tar) Cupric Chloride Dowtherm Dyes Esters Ether Ethylene Glycol Conc. Saturated Calcium Hydroxide 50% Carbonic Acid Phenol CP Raw Carbon Dioxide Dry Wet Carbonated Water Carbon Disulphide Carbon Tetrachloride Pure (Dry) Aqueous Solution 5 .) Dry Ammonium Sulphate 10% Saturated Ammonium Sulphate (Conc. 8 2. 8. 5. 8 3. 9 2. 6. 3. 30-1 Corrosive Media General Materials Selection Chart (NOTE: this is a greatly reduced chart) Temperature Degrees F Fully Resistant Satisfactorily Resistant Slightly Resistant Non Resistant Key to Metals 1. 5.0044 inches per year. 316L Stainless Steel 3. 6. 7. 2. 7. 7. 8. 3. 5. 9 9 2. (d) Titanium may be subject to Hydrogen embrittlement under certain conditions. 3. 7 2*. 5 2. 3. 9 3. 6*. 9 2*. 3. 4. 9 2. (g) Titanium may be fully resistant when traces of oxidizing inhibitors are present. 7. 9 2. 8 1 4. 7 4.10% Chlorinated Water Saturated Chlorine Gas Dry Moist Moist Chromic Acid CP 0. 6.5% Free of SO3 CP 10% Free of SO3 CP 50% Free of SO3 CP 50% Free of SO3 Commercial 50% (Contains SO3) Citric Acid 10% 50% Copper Chloride 10% Copper Cyanide 5% Saturated Copper Nitrate 50% Copper Sulphate (Sat. 7. 7. 7. 6*. Consult Manufacturer and USE CAUTION IN TESTING. 3. (h) Provided no moisture is present. 9 2. 3. 5 2 2. 7. 5. 4. 6 1 8 2 2 2 4. 9 1. 3. 7. 4. 4. 8. 3. 9 2. 7. 4. 8. 6. 6. 8 2*. 7 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4. 8. 4. 3. 4. 8. 6. CP=Chemically Pure Fully resistant is less than . 8. 6.) Benzene Borax 5% Boric Acid (Conc. 7.30 Fig. 6. 9 2. 6. 7. 3. 8 4. 5. 5. 7. 5. 9 8. 9 2*. 3.Ethyl Aluminum Chloride Aluminum Hydroxide Saturated Aluminum Sulphate 10% Saturated Ammonium Hydroxide Ammonia (All Conc. 8 1 1 2. 3. 8 8. 4 2*. 4. 6. 6. 8. 9 3. 4. (b) May be fully resistant when oxidizing inhibitors are present. 7. 6. Alloy 825 4. 7. 4. 8. 8. 5. 8. 6. 8. 3. 9 2. 9 2*. 8 1. 8 2. 8. 5. 5. 6 3*. 3. 4. 5 2 1 1 Boiling 70 70 70 70 212 130 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling Hot Boiling Hot Hot 190 70 70 to 500 70 Boiling 70 70 70 70 70 Boiling 1. 7 1. 9 2. 5. (c) Both 316L SS and Alloy 20Cb-3 may be subject to stress corrosion cracking. 8 3. particularly in sulphuric acid steel pickling solutions may cause excessive pitting. 9 1. 3. 7 3. 6 6 3. 3. 3* 2 1 1. 5. 5. 8. 3. 9 2*. 8. 5 1. Monel 5. 7 2. 3. 9 2. Formaldehyde 40% Boiling 70 Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling 70 70 70 70 70 Hot Boiling 70 70 70 212 Boiling 72 Boiling Boiling 3. 5. 3. 8. 6 1. 9 2*. 5 * Coupon testing important to check for possible presence of ferric or cupric ions. 7. 9 2. Acetic Acid 80 . 8. 8. 9 2. 5. 9 9 9 8. 3. 8. 7 2. 5. 7 9 1. 7. 4. 3. 7. 4. 7. 6. 9 4. 8. Fats Ferric Chloride 1% 1% 5% Ferric Nitrate to 5% Aerated Ferrous Chloride Saturated Fluorine Fluoborate Plating Sol. 5. 7 1. 9 3. 9 2. 6. Alloy 20Cb-3 7. 7. 9 3. Alloy C-276 9. 8. 3. 8 2. 3. 5.) Calcium Brine Adulterated with Sodium Chloride Calcium Chloride Dilute Conc. 3. 5 4. 9 2. 9 2. 5. 2. 9 2. 7. 4. 9 2. 8 2. 4. 5. 7 1.100% Alcohol . Nickel 6. 4. Titanium NOTE: Pitting may occur particularly if scale is allowed to build up. 5. 3. 5. 4. 5. 4. 5. 9 1 5 4. 8. 9 2*. 6. 7. 9 3. 8. 5. 4. 6. 4. 3*. 5 1 4. 3. 7. 4. 3. . 5. 7 1. 9 7 2. 7 1. 6. 7 1. Crude Asphalt Barium Chloride 5% Saturated Beer (All Conc. 3. 4. 7. Alloy B-2 8. 5. 3. 3. 5. 3. 7 1 3. 7. 6. 3. 9 3. 5. 5. 3. 7. 9 9 1. 3. 3. 8 1. 4. 8. 5 2* 3*. 3. (a) Aeration will have very detrimental effect on Monel. 6.9 2. 4 dry only. 5 2*. 5 4. 6*. 5 3. 4. 5. 8. 4. 9 2. 7 1. 9 5 dry only 2*. 4. Carbon Steel 2. 6*. 2. 3. 4. 5 1 1 4. 8. 3. 2. 6. 9 2. 4. 5. 6. 8 4 4. 6*. 4 1. 5. 8. 5 3. 5. 4. 6. 9 70 Boiling Boiling Boiling 140 230 70 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 Boiling Boiling Boiling Boiling Melting 675 70 Boiling 2. 7. 9 2. 9 2. ferrous. 3. 7. 4. 2 Potassium Nitrate (Salt Peter) 50% 50% In no instance should the ratings be considered as the basis for a guarantee of PLATECOIL life. 6*. 6 3. 3. 9 2. 3. 7. 3. 8. 9 2. 8. 4. 8 1 Slightly Resistant Non Resistant 1 1 4 (a). 5 1. 8 8 8 4. 5. 3. 5 5 5 4 4. 50% Sulphuric + 50% Nitric 75% Sulphuric + 25% Nitric 2 (c). 5. 8. 5. 3 1 1 70 Boiling Boiling Boiling 2. 6. 4. 7. 9 2. 4 1 1. 6. 7. 3. 2. 2. 7. 4 1. 9 2*. 8 3. 4. 6 2. 8. 6*. 8. 8 1 4. 6. 2. 3. 7. 3. 4. 8. 3. 9 2*. 5. 5. 6* (c) 2* (c). 3. 5. 3. 7. 8 2. 8 2. 6. 3. 6 2. 3. 3. 9 3. 5 1. 5 4 5. 6. 3. 8. 3. 4. 8. 6. Asphalt Base Paraffin Base Oil Lubricating. 9 1. 8. 8*. 9 2. 8. amidol.31 Fig. 5. 5. 3. 4. 3. 3. 3. 3. 6 2. 9 3. 31-1 Corrosive Media Freon Fruit Juices Fuel Oil Glue Glucose Hydrochloric Acid 1:85 Diluted 1:10 Diluted 1:10 Vapors Vapors Hydrofluoric Acid Vapors Hydrogen Hydrogen Peroxide General Materials Selection Chart (cont’d. 4. 3*. 4. 5. 7 5 2. 3. 8. 5. 7. 7. 9 1. 5. 6 1. 3. 9 2. 4. 7. 5. 9 2. 5 4. 4. 5 8 to 122* 4 (a). 3. 9 2. 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. 6. 9 Fully Resistant 2. 3. 3. 5 3. 9 2. 6 1. 8 to 122*. 7. Lgt. CP=Chemically Pure Fully resistant is less than . 7. 6 1 4. hydroquinone. 3. 7. 5. 6. Oil Mineral. 8* 7 Temperature Degrees F Satisfactorily Resistant 1 4 1 4 2. 3. 6. 3. 7. 9 2. 4. 4. 7. 3. 5. 9 1. 8 2. 8 8 2. 9 2. 8. 6. 9 2*. 6 1 1 1 1. Alloy 825 4. 8. 4. 3. 8 4. 3. 7 1. 9 2. 9 2. 4. 4 (a). 8. 3. 6. 6 1. 7.50% Magnesium Sulphate Mercury (Liquid) Methyl Alcohol (Methanol) Milk (Fresh or Sour) (Hot or Cold) Molasses Mixed Acids % by Wt. 5. 3. 8 to 122*. 9 2. 4. 7. 8. 3. 5. 8 4. 6 1. 9 (b) 4 (a). Hydrogen Sulphide Dry Wet Iodine Dry Moist Lacquers & Lacquer Solvents Magnesium Chloride 1 & 5% 1 & 5% Magnesium Chloride 10 . 5. 5 9 5 1. Hot or Cold Oil Vegetable. 5. 9 Naphtha Nickel Chloride Solutions Nickel Sulphate Solution Diluted Nitric Acid Diluted Diluted 1:10 Diluted 10% Conc. 3. 3. 9 3. 7. 5 1. Alloy 20Cb-3 7. 6*. 8 3. 9 2*. 5. 4 (a). 3. 4. 5 4 5. 9 2*. 9 2. 7. Nickel 6. 9 9 1. 5. Alloy C-276 9. 2. 4. 6 1. 8 2*. 3. Monel 5. 9 2. 5* 5 4 4. 8. 3. 6. 4. 7 1. 4. 8 3. 4.) (NOTE: this is a greatly reduced chart) Hot Hot Hot 70 70 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 212 70 212 70 Boiling 70 70 70 70 70 Hot Boiling 70 Hot 70 & 125 70 Hot 2. 3. 7 2. 9 2. 4 1 1 1. 6*. 7. 8. 9 9 2. 9 7*. 4. 2. 5 2 9 (b) 2 2. 4. 9 2*. 9 2. 9 9 2. 5. 5.5. 7 1. 9 7* 7*. 6. 9 2. 4. 4. 9 6* (c). 7. 7 1. . 4. 5. 4. 5 70% Sulphuric + 10% Nitric + 20% Water 140 200 140 200 Boiling 315 140 200 Boiling 335 70 70 70 70 70 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 Hot 70 1 2. 6. 5. 7. 9 1 1 1 1 1. 5 1 1 1 5. potassium. 3. 9 2. 3* 1. 7. 9 7. 3. 3. Alloy B-2 8. 4. 7. 9 2. 4. 4. 8. 5 1. 3. Hot or Cold Oxalic Acid 25% 50% Paraffin. 6. 4. 9 2. 8. 9 2. 9 3. 9 2. 5. 9 9 3 2. 3. 7 1. 7 4 4. 6 3. 5 8 to 122*. 4. 7. 5. 4. 2. 6. 9 2*. 4. 4. 5. 5.0044 inches per year. 3. 5 4 (a). or Hvy. 3. 3. 7. 6 2. 5 4. 5 4. 3. 3. 5. 5. 4. 5. 3. 7 8 7. 9 9 (e) 2. 5. 8 3. 7. 9 2. 6. 9 2. 7 1. 4. 4. oxalate Potassium Chloride 1% 5% Potassium Dichromate 25% Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash) 27% 50% 2. 9 4 4 1 1 1. 9 2. 5 1. 5. Titanium NOTE: Pitting may occur particularly if scale is allowed to build up. 9 (d) 2. 5 1. 6. 5. 4. 5 3*. 7. Fuming Nitrous Acid 5% Oil Crude. 6. 5 4. 8 to 122*. 7. 5 1. 5 1. 3. 4. 8 2. 7. 9 2*. 4. 8 8 8 to 150* 8 8 to 150* 2. 7. 5 Key to Metals 1. 9 9 2. 6. 6 4. 3. 6*. 7. 3. 5 1 4. 5. 8 1 1 1 1 5 1. 3. 3. 9 2. 3. 8. 5. 5. 6. 5. 4. 8 3. 6 6 7 1. Carbon Steel 2. 3. 3. 9 2*. 8. 7. 5 4. 7. 5 1. 9 2. 7 1. 4. 5. 5. 4. Hot or Cold Petroleum Phosphoric Acid 1% 1% 10% 45% 80% 80% Photographic Developers all have reducing properties. 7. 3. 8. 7. 8. 5 1. 6 1 1. 9 3. 316L Stainless Steel 3. 4. 2. 8. 3. 7*. 3. 3. 8. 5. 9 6*. 9 2. 7. 8 2*. 9 2. 3. 8 2. 8*. 6 (f) 4. 8. 3. 7*. 3. 6. 4 4 2.105 degrees 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 100 100 Boiling 95 70 2*. 3. 8. 9 2*. 3. 8 1. 7. Starch Solution Stearic Acid Sugar Solution Sulphur. 5. Alloy C-276 9. 6. 5. 3. 5*. 5 4.) Cold At 212 Sodium Cyanide Sodium Hydroxide 1 . 8*. 5. 8 7. (b) May be fully resistant when oxidizing inhibitors are present.32 Fig. 6 4. 7. 7*. 3 2. 2. 3. 5. 4. 8 3. 5 5. 4 1. 6. 8. 5 6*. 3. 7 1 1 Key to Metals 1. 3. 4. 8 2. 5. 6. 9 2. 9 2. 7. 9 2. 70 70 150 Boiling Boiling 70 Boiling Hot 70 130 230 212 Boiling Hot 70 350 Hot 265 70 70 Boiling 70 180 Boiling 70 Boiling 70 212 300 212 70 160 70 Hot 70 70 70 Boiling 70 95 70 Hot Hot Hot Oily Salt 7. 3. 7. 8 1 4 4 1. 9 (g) 1 4.09 78 Degree Be Zinc Cyanide Solution Zinc Sulphate (White Vitriol) to 50% General Materials Selection Chart (NOTE: this is a greatly reduced chart) Fully Resistant 2. 32-1 Corrosive Media Potassium Sulphate 1% 5% Rosin (Molten) Salt Brine 3% Sea Water Silver Chloride Shellac Silver Nitrate 10% Soap Sodium Bicarbonate Baking Soda All Conc. 3. (g) Titanium may be fully resistant when traces of oxidizing inhibitors are present. 9 4. 3*. 7. 5 3 (f). 7. 9 2. 2. 3. 6 (f).05 1. 9 (g) 1. 4. 4 6. 6. 4. 4. 4. 5 1 4 4. 5 5. (a) Aeration will have very detrimental effect on Monel. 9 (g) 2.5% 20% 34% 34% Sodium Sulphate (Gauber’s Salt) All Conc. 7. 6. 5 1. 9 2. 3. 3 (f). 6. 8. 3. 6. 9 2. 5. 5. 5 1. (d) Titanium may be subject to Hydrogen embrittlement under certain conditions. 7. 7. 6. 9 2. 8. 3. 8 2. 5. 3. 5. 6. 5. 5 2.0044 inches per year. 8 to 158. 6*. 9 2. 6 2. 9 2. 2. 3*. 9 2. 3. 6 (f). 7. 8. 4. 9 1 (h). 4 5 8 . . 6*. 4. 9 2. 3. 3. 6. 9 2. 9 2. 8 2. 9 2. 6. 2. 4. 9 3. 7. Monel 5. 4. 7. 5 2. 8*. Nickel 6. 4. 7. 7. 9 (g) 1. 3. 8* 1. 5 2 1 2. 6. 8 7. 5. 9 (g) 1. 6. 5. 9 2*. 3. 4. 4. 7. 5. 4. 4. 8* 2 2. 6. 3. 4. 9 2. 7 4 3 (f). 9 2*. 6. 4. 9 2. 7 1 4. 5 1. Grav. 7. 6 (f). 6. 7. 4. 7. particularly in sulphuric acid steel pickling solutions may cause excessive pitting. 8. 3. Molten Sulphur Dioxide Gas Moist Sulphuric Acid Diluted 1:20 1:10 1:1 Conc. 5 2. 5. 8. 7. 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Alloy 825 4. (e) Titanium may be fully resistant under certain conditions while it may react violently with others. 4. 8. 9 (g) 3. 4. 7*. 5 Slightly Resistant Non Resistant 1 1 1 1. 4. 8. 3. 4. 8* 2. 4. 9 6*. 3. 8 2*. 5. 7. 9 2. 5. 9 (g) 1. 8* 70 70 70 70 Temperature Degrees F Satisfactorily Resistant 1. 3 (f). 6 8* 4. (h) Provided no moisture is present. 8 1. 6 3. Alloy B-2 8. 5. 9 2. 3. Titanium NOTE: Pitting may occur particularly if scale is allowed to build up. 3. 5 7 1. 3. 5. 4. 7. 6 2. 8 5 1 1 1 1 5 * Coupon testing important to check for possible presence of ferric or cupric ions. 5. 3. 5. 8 2. 5. 7. 9 2. (93-98%) Fuming (11% Free SO3) (60% Free SO3) (60% Free SO3) Sulphurous Acid Saturated Sweet Water Tartaric Acid 10% Toluene or Toluol Trichiorethylene Dry Tri Sodium Phosphate 35% Turpentine Oil Varnish Vegetable Juices Vinegar Water Whiskey White Liquor Wood Pulp Wort Yeast Zinc Chloride Solution Sp. 5. 5. 8* 1 4 1 4 5 1. 5. 7. 2. Consult Manufacturer and USE CAUTION IN TESTING. 3. 7* 7* 4 7* 1. 7. 9 2. 3. 8. 8. 6 (f). 2. 7. 7*. 3. 3. 4*. 6. 9 2. 5. 8* 2. (c) Both 316L SS and Alloy 20Cb-3 may be subject to stress corrosion cracking. 5. 5. 5 4. 4. 5. 3. 8. 7. 5 4. 6. 5. 7 4. 5. Alloy 20Cb-3 7. 3. 8. 316L Stainless Steel 3. 9 1. 9 8. 7. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5 1. In no instance should the ratings be considered as the basis for a guarantee of PLATECOIL life. 8. 3. 3. Carbon Steel 2. 8 2. 8 2. 9 2. 9 (g) 1 3 (f). 3. 8. 3. 8. 6. 5. 5. 4 4 4. 8. 3. 3. 9 2. 7. 6. 7. 9 2*. 4. 3. 8. 5% Sodium Carbonate (Soda Ash) 5% 50% Sodium Chloride (Sat. CP=Chemically Pure Fully resistant is less than . 4 2*. 5. 8* 9 (g) 1. 8 2*. 3. 5 1 2. 9 (g) 1. 4 1. 9 2. 4. 6 (f). 3. 9 9 2. 2. (f) Small traces of chlorides. however. Annealing. This restores the metal to its maximum corrosion resistant conditon. Stainless steel PLATECOIL can be full solution annealed at 1900°F to 2100°F. PLATECOIL embossings are normally joined by resistance welding wherein the work pieces are part of an electrical circuit and the weld is made by the heat produced by the resistance of the work to the current. Stainless steel PLATECOIL are fabricated from low carbon grades to minimize the potential for carbide precipitation. Some typical uses are for fabricating heavy wall PLATECOIL tanks. . by stress relieving at 1100°F. (which has a continuous weld) or MIG spot welding. The bottom work piece can be 3/16” thick or any heavier material. rotating electrodes and is used between the passes and to seal the perimeter. PLATECOIL may also be passivated only to remove all weld discoloration and any surface contaminants. However. POST WELD TREATMENT OF PLATECOIL ANNEALING Fig. to seal edges. Shielded Metal Arc (SMAW). (which can be used to reduce warpage from heat). For spot type MIG welding. STRESS RELIEVED CARBON STEEL PLATECOIL Carbon Steel PLATECOIL can be stress relieved on a special order basis. Normally used to join fittings to PLATECOIL embossings and other general fabrication welding. stitch or roll spot seam welding can be used to reduce the heat. usually Argon or Helium) and Metal Inert Gas (MIG) Consumable Electrode Process (bare wire is fed from a spool through a gun type device which provides contact with the power source and introduces the shielding medium. plus the application of pressure. to attach fiftings. platens or other units that must be flat on one side with no weld marks or discoloration on the flat side. with about 1 nugget per inch. The service life of carbon steel can often be extended substantially. The full anneal includes a quick water quench and is followed by a special scale removal and passivating process. This latter process is known either as MIG seam welding. 33-1 Examples of Resistance Welds The principal methods used to join heavier sections. 33-2 Section showing heavy gauge companion plate with MIG seam and spot welds welded by the MIG process. If flatness is critical.33 WELDING METHODS USED TO FABRICATE PLATECOIL Resistance Welding. usually carbon dioxide). principally for the removal of forming and welding stresses and as a safety precaution against chromium carbide precipitation (sensitization). Fig. Seam welding is a series of overlapping spot welds produced by using circular. often called “open arc. Annealing dissolves any carbides that may have formed. the top (or penetrated) work piece can normally be from a minimum of 18 gauge to a maximum of 10 gauge. Contact your Sales Representative or the factory for additional information. in certain environments stresses set up by cold working can cause premature failure due to stress corrosion cracking. particularly in caustic applications. Spot welding is a resistance welding process using rod shaped electrodes and is normally used at the end of passes and other restricted areas. relieves these stresses and produces a homogeneous structure.” is the most widely used method for applying filler metal. and for general assembly work are: Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) (uses non-consumable Tungsten electrodes to maintain an arc which is shielded by an inert gas. Surface Area (sq. Fig. • Add 11 lbs. this model. ft. are optional. no hinges. ft. Carbon Steel construction — 18/16 ga. Maximum recommended operating pressure: 150 psig (2) Assemblies per Drum Warmer.) Weight (lbs. 34-1 55 Style M Specifications & Part Numbers A (in. Fig. Δ Add 8 lbs. x 22 1/2” steam hoses. or the high temperature heat transfer liquids. They are equally adaptable for cooling by using cold water or a refrigerant. for 3 hoses. hot water. Maximum recommended operating pressure: 150 psig . one piece. The hose is suitable for pressures up to 200 psig at 380°F. for 2 hoses. rubber with multiple wire braid reinforcement.) (gal.30 1/2” I. 34-2 Drum A (in. hot oil.) Net 22 3/4 65 Shipping 107• Part No.STYLE E Hinged Type E55 Spring Open Type E55NH* Fig. 34-5 Style M Hose Assembly 22 3/4 22 3/4 18 1/2 14 1/8 11 7/8 If hoses are desired indicate by adding letter “H” to end of Part No.) 55 *55 30 16 *5 Style E Specifications & Part Numbers Weight (lbs.13 3. * Slip-over type. Carbon Steel construction 18/16 ga. EXTERNAL CLAMP-ON TYPE . With a quickacting toggle clamp.17 If hoses are desired indicate by adding letter “H” to end of Part No.) Net Shipping 22 41Δ 21 40 18 35Δ 14 29Δ 12 26 Part No.33 2.13 4. Add 6 lbs.56 2.34 Platecoil Standard Assemblies DRUM WARMERS All PLATECOIL Drum Warmers are designed for use with steam.) 4. (1) Top and (1) Bottom. 34-3 Fig. 34-4 Drum (gal. EXTERNAL CLAMP-ON TYPE — STYLE M Style M Warmers combine three Style E units into one assembly by means of welded-on tie bars and jumpers.) M55 12. for 4 hoses.) Fig.D. E55 E55NH E30 E16 E5NH Surface Area (sq. rubber with multiple wire braid reinforcement for 200 psig working pressure at 380°F (furnished with swivel adaptor) are optional. 35-1 Saddle Type—Style S Drum Warmer Maximum Recommended Operating Pressure: 150 psig (2) 3/4” MPT fittings are standard. The end rockers. It is painted with one coat red oxide primer.3 A Style S Cart-Type Warmer will heat in about 2/3 of the tabulated times.) 4. 35-3 times. Heat-Up Data Fig. handle and casters make them ideal for one-man loading and transporting. 250 psig with 5 to 1 safety factor.35 SADDLE TYPE—STYLE S Style S Drum Warmers are convenient for horizontal heating and have heating surface covering about half of the drum. Fig. a Style M three-ring Type in about 1/3 of Fig. The table is based on heating a 55-gallon drum with a Style E-55 Warmer. EXTERNAL DRUM WARMERS HEAT-UP DATA Figure 35-3 is intended as a guide to estimating time required for heat-up of Style E. IMMERSION TYPE—STYLE I 3/4” MPT connections standard on units furnished without hoses.) 11 15/16 18 13/16 22 1/4 11 15/16 18 13/16 22 1/4 C (in.) Net ShippingΔ 17 24 28 20 28 33 26 35 40 30 40 47 Part No. 14 Ga. . Maximum recommended operating pressure for immersion type without hoses. ft. With Wheels S55W Part No.) 8 1/8 15 3/16 18 5/8 8 1/8 15 3/16 18 5/8 D (in. Fig. Drum (gal. x 42” steam hoses.) 55 Weight (lbs. for (2) 3/4” I.1 Weight (lbs.) Net 80 ShippingΔ 125 Part No.4 8.5 10. M and S Drum Warmers.0 5. The smaller Style E Warmers should heat-up in less time due to the lesser volume of liquid contained in the corresponding drum sizes. The drum warmer construction is 18/16 ga. The warmer is sloped slightly for easy draining in place if desired. to weight for hoses. Carbon Steel construction.D. 35-3 Substance Heated (A) from 10F to 70F (B) from 60F to 160F Water #6 Fuel Oil (Bunker C) Asphalt RC-2 Asphalt MC-5 Heat-up Times in Hours 15 psig 150 psig 400F hot oil steam steam or HTHW* A B A B A B 8 4 5 6 15 3 5 4 6 6 16 3 5 4 6 12 3 4 3 5 These heat-up times are approximate and assume that the cover is not removed. Δ Add 11 lbs. x 42” steam hoses. Surface Without Area Wheels S55 6.) 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 9 1/2 Surface Area (sq. Δ Add 11 lbs.3 6. The heating surfaces on the smaller sizes are larger in proportion to drum capacities than in the case of Style E-55. Carbon Steel 316L SS 16 Gs. 35-2 Nominal Size 12 x 23 18 x 23 22 x 23 12 x 29 18 x 29 22 x 29 A 23 23 23 29 29 29 Immersion Type—Style I Style I Specifications & Part Numbers Dimensions B (in. If hoses are desirable indicate by adding letter “H” to end of Part No.8 8. * HTHW = high temperature hot water. Fittings are on the bottom for out-of-the-way convenience.D. I-41 I-42 I-61 I-62 I-71 I-72 I-51 I-52 I-81 I-82 I-91 I-92 If hoses are desired indicate by adding letter “H” to end of Part No. The drum warmer is designed to contact the drum between the reinforcing rings. 3/4” I. The carbon steel single embossed PLATECOIL as detailed below are designed for up to 150 psig steam pressures and provide high percentages of pipe surface coverage. 36-4 PLATECOIL Valve Heater Pipe Heater Specifications & Part Numbers Fig. Special sizes and alloy materials available on special order.36 PLATECOIL PIPE HEATERS Clamp-on PLATECOIL for pipe lines offer an economical means of adding heat for process heating or to prevent freezing.) S Dim Net Wt.80 48 49 44 45 47 47 48 4 5 6 8 10 11 13 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 50 60 70 90 110 120 140 x5 x6 x8 x10 x12 x14 x16 PLATECOIL JACKETED PIPE SECTIONS NOTE-If there is any uncertainty about above dimensions being suitable submit complete dimensional data on valve.) PLATECOIL VALVE HEATERS These specially formed PLATECOIL provide a convenient means of heating valves. Fig. in lengths to 20 feet. Available in 6-inch pipe. .40 23. Available in alloy materials on special order. The use of a heat transfer mastic will usually improve performance particularly with the smaller sizes for which curvature will not be exact. Alternate embossing patterns. Part FPT (lbs.) Number (in. fittings. 36-5 For Pipe Size (in.45 10. Almost total coverage can be obtained if desired by using more than one unit. Fig. 36-3 PLATECOIL Jacketed Pipe PLATECOIL fully jacketed pipe sections offer controlled flow of the heat transfer media in direct contact with the pipe wall.90 15.) (in. 36-2 For A Dim Pipe PLATEsq.30 18.) 2 1/2 3 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 1/2 5 6 1/4 7 1/2 9 10 11 1/4 Net Wt. The radius (R) dimension is based on normal standard flanged typed 125# and 150# class valves. Fig. of Size COIL Width Surface Covered Passes (in. S Dim Part (lbs. (See page 46 for details on mastic. ft.) Valve Heater Specifications & Part Numbers Fig. The unique embossing pattern develops maximum performance with only one steam inlet located at the bottom out of the way. however lugs can be supplied. 36-1 PLATECOIL Pipe Heater Fittings are on opposite ends and passes are in parallel on all sizes. This facilitates draining and/or connecting several in series where sizes and heat loads are not excessive. Available in all PLATECOIL materials. or larger.20 11.) FPT (in.) 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 L Dim (in. lengths and higher operating pressures can be supplied. Available in carbon steel and suitable for up to 150 psig. Banding or strapping is generally the best means of attaching.) 8 1/2 8 1/2 10 1/4 10 1/4 10 1/4 12 12 12 13 5/8 15 38 15 3/8 17 1/8 R Dim (in.) Number 8 1/2 3/4 V2 9 1/2 3/4 V 25 11 1/2 3/4 V3 13 3/4 V 35 13 1/2 3/4 V4 16 1/2 3/4 V5 18 3/4 V6 21 1/2 1 V8 28 1 V 10 36 1/2 1 V 12 40 1 V 14 49 1 V 16 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 8 1/2 10 1/4 12 15 3/8 18 3/4 20 1/2 24 8.) 3 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/4 4 1/2 5 5 1/2 6 3/4 8 9 1/2 10 1/2 11 3/4 H Dim (in.60 20. % Pipe No. 37 SCREW CONVEYOR TROUGHS Screw Conveyor Troughs Specifications & Part Numbers Fig. Width Side H Part No.1 16.) 304L SS Steel 7 7 10 10 11 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 19 19 21 21 21 24 25 25 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 3/8 6 3/8 6 3/8 7 3/4 7 3/4 9 1/4 9 1/4 10 5/8 10 5/8 12 1/8 12 1/8 12 1/8 13 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 14 12 14 12 14 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 3/16 12 10 3/16 10 3/16 1/4 125 150 178 208 186 221 255 266 306 303 350 342 395 390 449 546 428 494 601 591 719 878 C1B141 C1B121 C2B141 C2B121 C3B141 C3B121 C3B101 C4B121 C4B101 C5B121 C5B101 C6B121 C6B101 C7B121 C7B101 C7B081 C8B121 C8B101 C8B081 C9B101 C9B081 C9B061 C1B142 C1B122 C2B142 C2B122 C3B142 C3B122 C3B102 C4A122 C4B102 C5B122 C5B102 C6B122 C6B102 C7B122 C7B102 C7B082 C8B122 C8B102 C8B082 C9B102 C9B082 C9B062 CONVEYOR TROUGH OPTIONS End Flanges . 12 14 16 18 20 24 Fig.) (in. 37-3 DIMENSION L=60” For Screw Having Dia. other diameters and other lengths can be supplied.0 21. and will drain if properly sloped. Factory option if not specified.2 43.6 For Screw Having Dia. Standard embossings are 16 ga.1 21. 37-2 Screw Dia.May be angle if special tolerances are required. 37-1 PLATECOIL Screw Conveyor Trough HEATING SURFACE (sq.4 58.2 33. hot oil. type 304L stainless steel or 14 ga carbon steel. 2 inlets 1 1/4” NPS couplings for L=120”.7 14.) Fig. Top Flanges . Part No. Width Side H Part No. A choice of gauges is available. In some cases heavier material may be preferred for rigidity. of (in. ft.) Carbon (in.all sizes. Heavier embossings.2 29. 12 14 16 18 20 24 .) (in. Holes can be supplied in end and top flanges on request. 1 outlet 1” coupling . etc. Special prices apply.3 For L=120” 15.) 304L SS Steel 7 7 10 10 11 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 17 19 19 19 21 21 21 24 25 25 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 1/8 6 1/8 6 3/8 6 3/8 6 3/8 7 3/4 7 3/4 9 1/4 9 1/4 10 5/8 10 5/8 12 1/8 12 1/8 12 1/8 13 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 16 1/2 14 12 14 12 14 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 12 10 3/16 12 10 3/16 10 3/16 1/4 65 77 93 108 98 115 132 141 162 158 181 178 204 205 235 283 225 258 311 308 372 452 C1A141 C1A121 C2A141 C2A121 C3A141 C3A121 C3A101 C4A121 C4A101 C5A121 C5A101 C6A121 C6A101 C7A121 C7A101 C7A081 C8A121 C8A101 C8A081 C9A101 C9A081 C9A061 C1A142 C1A122 C2A142 C1A122 C3A142 C3A122 C3A102 C4A122 C4A102 C5A122 C5A102 C6A122 C6A102 C7A122 C7A102 C7A082 C8A122 C8A102 C8A082 C9A102 C9A082 C9A062 PLATECOIL type screw conveyor troughs are excellent for heating and cooling applications because of the high operating pressures possible with relatively light gauge material.NPS couplings for L=60”. (in.8 11.) Carbon (in. (lbs. Part No.4 48. water.) 6 9 10 DIMENSION L=120” MAPICS Inside Straight MAPICS Gauge Approx. Fittings . Flat Side Wt.7 19.3/16” angle or 1/4” plate.) 6 9 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 For L=60” 7.) 6 9 10 MAPICS Inside Straight MAPICS Gauge Approx.6 23. of (in.2 inlets 1” . (lbs. troughs are embossed all around and up to within 1” to 2” of the top flange. thermal fluids.5 10. For maximum heat transfer. The embossing pattern is designed for use with steam. Flat Side Wt.4 28.4 38.7 24. abrasion and higher pressures. Sizes and Dimensions Fig.) 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Net Weight (lbs. The primary surface type PLATECOIL design minimizes fouling tendencies. see page 16.) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Net Weight (lbs. 3. NPS (in.38 SUCTION HEATER This PLATECOIL product is especially designed for the heating of viscous products for drawoff and movement.) 167 209 252 294 337 379 422 464 508 C Dim.) 111 139 168 196 225 253 282 310 338 C Dim. Serpentine PLATECOIL are used for liquid heating media. ft. NPS (in. 38-1 PLATECOIL Suction Heater 71 83 95 107 119 131 143 Effective Surface Area (sq. double embossed carbon steel as standard.) 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 143 Effective Surface Area (sq. NPS (in. NPS (in. Special piping is required if they are to be installed in an upright (vertical) position.) 12 11/16 19 9/16 19 9/16 E Dim.) 845 990 1125 1245 1390 1535 1670 1800 1945 Part Number B 3047 B 3059 B 3071 B 3083 B 3095 B 30107 B 30119 B 30131 B 30143 SUCTION HEATER OPTIONS 1.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 D Dim. PLATECOIL on 1 5/8” centers . 2.) 18 24 30 A Dim. ft. ft. Fig. (in. Units without shrouds and suction pipes can be supplied as “Bayonet Heaters” for bulk storage tank heating.) 62 78 93 109 125 141 156 172 188 C Dim. (in. (in. 4. (in. The outer PLATECOIL also help preheat surrounding product for easier flow into the heater.) 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 143 Suction Heater Specifications and Part Numbers For 18” Manways—7 PLATECOIL 12” Wide Effective Surface Area (sq. Other gauges and material are available. Specify if required. NPS (in.) 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 D Dim.) 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 Net Weight (lbs.) 600 700 795 875 975 1075 1160 1250 1345 Part Number B 2347 B 2359 B 2371 B 2383 B 2395 B 23107 B 23119 B 23131 B 23143 NOTE: PLATECOIL suction heaters are designed for use in a horizontal position. (in. For pressure ratings.) 2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 3 3 3 3 3 D Dim. 38-2 Manway Size (in. Supporting saddles or legs.) 380 440 500 540 595 650 700 760 820 Part Number B 1747 B 1759 B 1771 B 1783 B 1795 B 17107 B 17119 B 17131 B 17143 PLATECOIL on 1 5/8” centers For 24” Manways—8 PLATECOIL 18” Wide B Dim. Fabricated of 14 ga.) 11 12 5/8 19 1/8 PLATECOIL on 1 5/8” centers For 30” Manways—12 PLATECOIL 18” Wide B Dim.) 47 59 Fig. API Manway covers available. 38-3 B Dim. NPS (in. ) D Dim. or in the case of cold startups. carbon steel. Refer to page 16 for operating pressures. Surface C Dim. Dim.) D Dim.2 39.) 17 23 59 71 83 95 107 119 95 114 133 153 172 196 1 1/2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1/4 1 1/2 11/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 320 380 440 500 555 610 AT 17059 AT 17071 AT 17083 AT 17095 AT 17107 AT 17119 23” Diameter Heaters for 24” Manways B Dim. Fig.) Part Number 59 71 83 95 107 119 165 198 232 265 298 332 2 2 2 3 3 3 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 2 2 545 640 740 850 950 1050 AT 23059 AT 23071 AT 23083 AT 23095 AT 23107 AT 23119 .1 Net Weight (lbs. These units pass through standard manways and are used generally for maintaining temperatures in storage tanks. 39-1 PLATECOIL Storage Tank Heater SUCTION BELL HEATERS These PLATECOIL heaters are for small suction heater applications usually having some hot product returned to the tank.39 STORAGE TANK HEATERS PLATECOIL storage tank heaters provide a large amount of efficient primary heating surface in a single unit with one steam inlet and one condensate fitting. All units are fabricated from 14 ga.) sq. 39-2 Fig. ft. Surface 17. 39-3 Suction Bell Heater Specifications and Part Numbers Fig.) 22 36 22 36 sq. MPT (in. Frequently used in underground #6 fuel oil tanks.) Part Number O. MPT (in. (in. double embossed carbon steel. (in.D.) 32 46 44 61 Part Number F 1722 F 1736 F 2322 F 2336 17” Diameter Heater for 18” and 24” Manways B Dim. The hood-type construction assures a quantity of hot oil readily available for pumping. ft.) Net Weight (lbs.6 28. (in. Heavier gauge construction is available as an option. Refer to page 16 for operating pressures.) Net Weight (lbs. The height of these vertically installed heaters helps promote convection currents for better heat transfer rates and tank temperature uniformity. 39-4 Suction Bell Heater Specifications and Part Numbers Standard Sizes B Dim. Fabricated of 14 ga.4 24. MPT (in. MPT (in. Surface C Dim. ft. Fig. pumping can begin soon after the steam is turned on. (in.) sq. 40-1 Model JB Heated Slope Bottom Gauges same as in Fig. clips with jacket. Vessel O.) 50 100 150 200 250 500 750 1000 Specifications and Part Numbers Model JA Unheated Sloped Bottom O. 10 ga. 12 ga. (in. 3. capacity. 12 ga. Heavier gauge material for jacket pressures up to 400 psig.) steel stainless stainless 100 150 205 285 360 535 760 945 JA 1005 JA 4005 JA 6005 JA 1010 JA 4010 JA 6010 JA 1015 JA 4015 JA 6015 JA 1020 JA 4020 JA 6020 JA 1025 JA 4025 JA 6025 JA 1050 JA 4050 JA 6050 JA 1075 JA 4075 JA 6075 JA 1100 JA 4100 JA 6100 ALTERNATE MODELS WITH VARIOUS BOTTOM DESIGNS Fig. 2. Carbon steel vessels are shipped with preservative oil finish.40 JACKETED VESSELS • PLATECOIL jacketed vessels by Tranter present a wide range of design advantages. 40-2 Models JE and JF Cone Bottoms All PLATECOIL embossings are 14 ga. Included are the following built-in efficiencies and economies. 40-4 Drain sizes 2” FPT for 50 through 250 gal.) 4 5 6 Vessel O.D. Thickness Bottom 12 ga. in carbon steel and 16 ga. 12 ga. (in. Net Wt.) 1. 3/16” 3/16” 3/16” 3/16” Part Numbers Approx. carbon 304L 316L (lbs. (in. 40-5 Capacity (gal. 12 ga. ASME “U” Stamp for jacket. • PLATECOIL jacketed vessels are compact.) • PLATECOIL embossings control flow patterns to increase velocities for improved heat transfer and reduced fouling. Larger capacity vessels.) 38 42 54 Dim. 3. 14 ga. (See page 16 for jacket pressure ratings. Stainless steel vessels are furnished as welded. lightweight and yet have high jacket operating pressures. 4. • The “building block” approach to design variable available with standard model PLATECOIL jacketed vessels reduces and simplifies customer engineering. Fig. OTHER FEATURES ALSO AVAILABLE 1.D.D. Insulation support rings. • PLATECOIL jackets can easily be designed with 2.) 24 30 34 Dim. Special interior finishes.) 24 30 34 38 42 54 60 66 H Material (in. A (in. 4. (Contact factory for details. 51 62 70 14 ga. All carbon steel parts on stainless steel vessels are prime painted. 10 ga. 3” FPT for larger sizes. 6. Extensive tests show PLATECOIL jacketing provides approximately 28% higher U values than dimpled jackets when using steam for heating.) 6 7 9 Vessel O. (in. 2. Fig. 40-5 Fig. companion standard for 250 thru 1000 gal.) 60 66 Dim.) Wall 26 32 38 40 45. Flanges on fittings. A passivated finish is also available. All welds are wire brushed. 7. in stainless steel. 12 ga. 12 ga. Electropolish finish on stainless steel vessels. 12 ga companion standard for 50 thru 200 gal.D. 40-3 Models JG and JH Dished Bottoms GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS . Other gauges and materials available on special order. 5. 14 ga. and approximately 15% higher U values when using water for cooling. Fig. 10 ga. 3 or more zones to efficiently satisfy diverse process requirements.) 10 11 - Other “A” dimensions are available on special order. A (in. A (in. 41 JACKETED VESSELS OPTIONAL FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES (CONT’D.) Optional features and accessories can be added to any of the vessel models described on page 40. This add-on approach offers the design flexibility necessary to obtain vessels that meet particular specifications and requirements. In many cases the need for submission of drawings by customers will be unnecessary. Complete detailed approval drawings will be supplied by Tranter, Inc. on receipt of order. Fig. 41-1 Legs (Part No. JL) Number and size as listed below. Legs are carbon steel for all vessel materials. Fig. 41-3 Top Flange (Part No. JT) Must be included with cover JR. 1 1/2” x 1 1/2” x 3/16” angle welded continuously. Same material as vessel. 7/16” dia. holes on approx. 8” centers provided in flange if cover is provided. Fig. 41-4 Top Cover (Part No. JR) All parts—same material as vessel except as noted. 7/16” dia. holes on approx. 8” centers to match those in flange JT. Threads for leveling Couplings are same material as vessel. Cut out for side mounted agitator. If desired, so specify and give size and location. 3/8” bolt, nut and lock washer assembly. Continuous hinge Diameter to suit corresponding vessel. Thickness—same as model JA vessel bottom. (3) - 2” N.P.S. - 50 & 100 gal. (4) - 2” N.P.S. - 150 through 500 gal. (4) - 3” N.P.S. - 750 & 100 gal. 1/3” Dia. Top flange Part JT must be included with this cover. Fig. 41-5 Agitator Mount (Part No. JQ) For side mounted agitators. Fig. 41-6 Agitator Support (Part No. JO) For top mounted agitators. Specify spacing “S” between channels. 6” x 2” x 8.2 lbs./ft. Steel Channel. 3/8” x 6” sq. base with (4) ø5/8” holes. See Note Below Fig. 41-2 Side Supports (Part No. JS) Four per vessel for all sizes. Supports are carbon steel for all vessel materials. 4” x 1.5” x 5.4 lb./ ft. Steel Channel. See Note Below Typical detail of support mounted on top of PLATECOIL embossing. 5/8” holes centered “L” Dimensions to suit vessel diameter. See Note Below A=B=C=4” for 50 through 200 gal. capacity. A=6”, B=C=8” for 300 through 1000 gal. capacity. See Note Below ELECTROPOLISH FINISH FOR STAINLESS STEEL VESSEL INTERIORS NOTE: On all optional features, be sure to give plan view and/or side view orientation with respect to vessel centerlines and suggested PLATECOIL fitting locations. For applications where a non-fouling surface is needed, consider the advantages of electropolishing. An electropolish finish, particularly when applied over a stainless steel cold reduced or #4 finish, is very smooth, durable and provides excellent “anti-stick” properties. The non-fouling surface provided by electropolishing means cleaning time is reduced. Problems that can result from the cleaning and maintenance of fragile glass-lined vessel interiors are also eliminated. 42 JACKETED TANK BOTTOMS PLATECOIL Pancakes are available in a variety of standard sizes to provide efficient heating or cooling surfaces for flat bottom circular containers. Standard materials and gauges are shown in chart (Fig. 42-3) for both Serpentine and header type flow arrangements. Series parallel pass configurations, other gauges and materials are also available. All are standard 3/4” pass size. Fig. 42-3 Specifications & Part Numbers number of passes 3 5 6 8 10 11 13 15 17 18 carbon steel all 14 ga. A2W B2W C2W D2W E2W F2W G2W H2W J2W K2W 14 and 10 ga. A2X B2X C2X D2X E2X F2X G2X H2X J2X K2X ADD H FOR HEADER TYPE AND S FOR SERPENTINE diameter D (in.) 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 ADD H FOR HEADER TYPE AND S FOR SERPENTINE diameter D (in.) 18 24 30 36 Fig. 42-1 Serpentine Type 42 48 54 60 66 72 number of passes 3 5 6 8 10 11 13 15 17 18 type 316L stainless steel all 16 ga. A3Y B3Y C3Y D3Y E3Y F3Y G3Y H3Y J3Y K3Y 16 and 10 ga. A3Z B3Z C3Z D3Z E3Z F3Z G3Z H3Z J3Z K3Z PLATECOIL Cones Conical-shaped Pancakes, 6” deep, can be furnished in sizes listed in Fig. 42-3 at an additional charge. Add a “C” to the part number to specify a cone. Fig. 42-2 Header Type Other cone depths are also available on a special order basis. Refer to page 16 for operating pressures. Custom Platecoil Fabrications PLATECOIL VESSEL COMPONENTS Fig. 43-1 Tank & Vessel Shell Sections 43 Single embossed PLATECOIL, in both 3/4” and 1 1/2” pass size, is ideally suited for use as jacketing that can be welded to vessels and tanks. A variety of pass arrangements are available to meet requirements for controlled circuitry and pressure containment. The Series-Parallel pass arrangement is particularly well suited for jacketing applications. Depending on vessel size and particular requirements, PLATECOIL offers the following design advantages: 1. Can be furnished as complete or partial cylinders for tank wall applications. 2. Can be rolled and/or curved to cover vessel heads or cones. 3. Can be furnished flat to cover circular tank bottoms or sections thereof. 4. Companion plates can be of any required thickness. 5. Can be furnished with edges bevelled, to accommodate welding. Here are additional built-in design advantages: • PLATECOIL jacketing is light in weight, yet inherently strong. It is ASME approved and can be Code stamped for pressures up to 400 psi. Compared to a double-wall style jacketed unit with a like pressure rating, a tank, vessel or reactor fabricated with PLATECOIL jacketing weighs much less. • PLATECOIL jacketing allows efficient and economical vessel design. ASME requirements are met without resorting to excessively thick shell material. Double-wall jacketed vessels, on the other hand, usually demand a thick vessel wall to meet high jacket pressure requirements, thus adversely affecting both cost and heat transfer capability. • PLATECOIL jacketing provides design versatility. Regardless of vessel size or configuration of the jacketed area, the variety of embossed patterns and pass sizes available with PLATECOIL means vessel jacketing that is tailor-made to meet exact media flow rates, velocities and pressure drop specifications. PLATECOIL jacketing is strong, light in weight, versatile and available in a wide selection of materials, and can satisfy the most exacting specifications for jacket geometry and performance excellence. Fig. 43-4 Cylinder or Partial Cylinders Multiple circuits as desired for zone control. Up to about 8’ dia. x 20‘ high. When resting on a flat surface no point may be up more than 1/8” (both ends of cylinder) to facilitate final assembly to heads by customer. PLATECOIL 3/4” pass jacketing Fig. 43-2 Dished Heads PLATECOIL 1 1/2” pass jacketing Fig. 43-3 Cones Ends tack welded only for trimming and/or final welding by customer, or may be supplied fully welded with circumference to close tolerance. PLATECOIL construction allows high pressure ratings with light gauge construction—for instance.8 19.4 10.5 18.7 17.7 3.1 26. 44-1 FLAT SIDE TRANSFER AREA IN SQ. WIDTH (in.6 6.0 15.7 6.7 14.1 9.5 5.7 28. Availability of PLATECOIL makes it easy to convert an existing unjacketed vessel.1 11. Clamp-On PLATECOIL for tank sidewalls are available as standard in any of the seven widths and twelve length combinations shown in the table below. 14 gauge carbon steel PLATECOIL is rated for 190 psig operating pressure.2 8. More sections are required for larger sizes.4 25.1 4.2 8.1 21.7 7.0 17.3 10.3 31. In addition to these 84 sizes.3 9.0 5.0 12.6 21.8 12.9 6.9 4. 44-4 Fig.0 42. FT.9 7.7 35.6 4.7 32.6 10.7 26.7 9.4 2.9 7.9 8.5 12.1 7.7 11.4 7.9 35.1 5.2 23.9 3.5 17.7 16.4 16. lengths and widths can be varied when needed.44 CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL Clamp-On PLATECOIL is unequaled as an economical means of providing jacketing for new and existing tanks.7 29.5 11.2 21.9 9.5 4.7 5.6 CLAMP-ON ARRANGEMENTS FOR VERTICAL TANKS Fig.7 23.7 14.9 19.6 24. 44-2 .8 14.8 8.1 24.5 29. Fig.9 11.4 39.9 3.8 16.4 20.0 3. The sketches below illustrate some of the configurations that can be used in adding PLATECOIL jacketing to existing tanks and reactors.4 14.8 4.2 6. 44-3 CLAMP-ON ARRANGEMENTS FOR HORIZONTAL TANKS CONE SHAPED PLATECOIL Usually at least 2 PLATECOIL sections are supplied for cones up to 3’ major dia.9 14.4 14.9 2.1 18.) 23 29 36 47 59 71 83 95 107 119 131 143 1.7 20.9 10.2 22.) 12 18 22 26 29 36 43 LENGTH (in.9 5. Fig. or to procure a low cost plain tank and add PLATECOIL jacketing at the jobsite. are included. 45-1 Maximum Coverage Fig. See page 46 for details on mastics. Other lug types. of Sections 2 4 6 10 16 Fig. Note that coverage can extend out to the start of the knuckle radius. 30% to 45% coverage can be obtained with this approach. For proper fit-up it is essential that the type of head and its principal dimensions (dish radius and knuckle radius) be supplied. 45-2 Moderate Coverage . Studs welded to the head are usually employed. L-3 S lugs. as detailed on page 24. 45-1 shows a maximum coverage approach to clamp-on PLATECOIL for dished heads. For best heat transfer the use of non-hardening heat transfer mastic is highly recommended for either of these methods. are used. This method is somewhat lower in cost. if preferred. and tie rod assemblies are shown on page 24. 12” wide PLATECOIL. length curved.45 CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL FOR DISHED HEADS Fig. These sections are fabricated with curvature in two directions to fit the shape of the specific head. 45-2 shows a method that can be used when less than complete coverage is adequate or where multiple nozzles must be cleared. Fig. Number of PLATECOIL Sections Required for Maximum Coverage Tank Diameter Up through 4’ diameter Over 4’ through 5’ diameter Over 5’ through 7’ diameter Over 7’ through 9’ diameter Over 9’ through 14’ diameter Usual No. 46-1. applied at the time of installation. 46-3 are basic summaries of data on several mastics. Waterproof Use on aluminum or copper tanks Curing: None required.46 CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL APPLICATION DATA HEAT TrANsfEr MAsTICs The thermal resistance of the air gaps between clamp-on PLATECOIL and tank surfaces may be reduced by the use of a heat transfer mastic. PLATECOIL may be installed as soon as mastic is in place and heat can be applied at once./g . and only as much as is needed to do this should be used. The purpose is to eliminate air gaps. 46-3 High Temperature Applications Mastic suggested for use with PLATECOIL Type Tracit #300 (or equivalent) Tracit #600A (or equivalent) Hardens. ft. Fig. sq. Fig. but stays flexible enough to absorb metal expansion and contraction Up to 750°F No Yes Up to 1250°F No Yes Temperature Limits By applying the mastic to the tank at the time of installation. 46-2 and Fig. The strong PLATECOIL and lug construction facilitates pulling the PLATECOIL tightly into the mastic and with the consistency of these products any excess can generally be squeezed out. and heat can be applied at once. Non-hardening mastics are preferable for long range maximum heat transfer. WATER AND SOLVENTS With heat transfer mastic Without heat transfer mastic VISCOUS PRODUCTS With heat transfer mastic Without heat transfer mastic AIR AND GASES With heat transfer mastic Without heat transfer mastic Curing: None required. ft. 46-1 Average Overall Heat Transfer Rates U = Btu/hr. This will provide improved perfomance by increasing the overall coefficients of heat transfer as shown in Fig. Coverage based on 1/8” average thickness = 13 sq. PLATECOIL may be installed as soon as mastic is in place. However. non-hardening mastics are not available for higher temperature requirements. Note the temperature limits. 46-2 Heat Transfer Mastics Moderate Temperature Applications Tracit #1000* (or equivalent) Up to 200°F No Yes Tracit #1100 (or equivalent) Up to 400°F No Yes Mastic suggested for use with PLATECOIL Type Temperature Limits Waterproof Use on aluminum or copper tanks Non-Hardening Fig. The following Fig. its thickness can be generally controlled to fill voids and low spots with less at weld beads or high points. F For Clamp-on PLATECOIL Heating 30-40 15-25 Heating 10-20 6-12 Heating 1-3 1-3 Cooling 20-30 10-15 Cooling 5-12 3-8 Cooling 1-3 1-3 *Note: Tracit #1000 is only recommended for cooling applications or where the ambient temperature conditions do not exceed 200°F. 47 TYPICAL CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL INSTALLATIONS Fig. Fig. . 47-4 A soybean processor with PLATECOIL at all levels. and excess mastic is squeezed out. Fig. 47-3 PLATECOIL being pulled in place. Fig. 47-1 PLATECOIL on sides and head provide overall heating. 47-2 A storage tank. Bracing in the above illustration has been omitted for clarity. hemmed edges and stress distribution pads are commonly used in agitated tanks and reactors. 48-1 PLATECOIL Embossing Options Length (in. carbon steel. Pipe braces are 2-piece clamshell type for extra strength. stainless steel or 12 ga. The agitator supplier should always be consulted with respect to angularity of mounting. Fig. 48-2 Typical PLATECOIL banks in an agitated vessel.) Pads per Side Pads per PLATECOIL 23 2 4 83 4 8 29 2 4 95 4 8 35 2 4 107 5 10 47 3 6 119 5 10 59 3 6 131 5 10 71 3 6 143 6 12 The above PLATECOIL styles. with pipe braces. Some of these are illustrated below.) Pads per Side Pads per PLATECOIL Length (in. special attention must be placed on adequate structural support of the PLATECOIL. When large forces are involved. chemical. 48-3 Mounting Lug Detail Fig. 48-4 Standard Number of Pads for PLATECOIL Fig. Fig. etc. both for heating and cooling applications. PLATECOIL baffle assemblies are fabricated to minimize field installation work. Since the application involves many variables. They are used in food processing. has found wide acceptance. Material should not be lighter than 14 ga.48 PLATECOIL FOR USE IN VESSELS The use of PLATECOIL in the dual role of baffles as well as heat transfer surfaces. it is difficult to establish exact design criteria. There are many PLATECOIL styles specially adapted for use in agitated vessels. . synthetic rubber and other industries. baffling effect. pharmaceutical. particularly in viscous solutions. Make adequate provision for expansion and contraction. Fig. 2. 4. Many of these points are illustrated on these two pages. 49-1 Elevation view. 49-4 Bottom Support Option Fig. . Use PLATECOIL with hemmed edges to distribute stresses at mounting points. PLATECOIL should be installed so that they tend to shear the product rather than stop its flow. Flexible connections to fittings are desirable when practical. Do not consider PLATECOIL fittings as structural support members unless specially fabricated and reinforced for this purpose. do not consider the PLATECOIL as part of an A-Frame. The stress pads. Brace the PLATECOIL so they cannot vibrate under operating conditions. 1. stress failure may develop. When agitation is extreme. 8. In cases of very heavy agitation structural members will be needed. Note specific basic suggestions as follows. This will reduce the stress forces on the PLATECOIL and promote better heat transfer. 5. as illustrated above. 49-3 Bottom Support Option Fig. This is particularly true for applications involving alternate heating and cooling. 49-2 Plan view Fig. Fig. 49-5 Expansion Ring Detail This illustrates individual Multi-Zone PLATECOIL as typically installed in agitated vessels. 7. Inner edges of the PLATECOIL should not be installed too close together.49 PLATECOIL FOR USE IN VESSELS (cont’d) Proper bracing and installation of PLATECOIL in agitated tanks is very important. If vibrations exist. Generally. PLATECOIL can be installed in glass lined vessels by using an expansion ring. Installation may be by welding or bolting. 6. hemmed edges and manifolds are omitted for clarity. 3. A-Frame type braces are desirable. 2. and optional features. Further. on the application. packaged unit. Extra features such as legs.) 2 2 1/2 4 6 8 8 E OUTLET NPS (in.) 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 When Dimension “A” exceeds 22” but not greater than 43” D INLET NPS (in. There is great flexibility in the choice of sizes. Fluidized bed coolers and dryers (see page 60). Heating tar or oils with steam in large outdoor storage tanks. Header size if other than standard shown in size chart. especially for fluidized bed application.) 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 Max. ft. the Style 80 banks all carry large quantities of liquid with very low pressure drops. etc. 6. or Serpentine as described on page 51. 3. Number of PLATECOIL and center-to-center spacing. Typical uses for Multi-Zone PLATECOIL banks: 1. styles. 5. 3. 5.) 50 100 250 500 750 1000 Fig. Pressure at which bank is to operate. The selection of the proper style and material will depend. Amount of agitation. The optional features. (Additional bracing may be required. 2. PLATECOIL Surface (sq. 4.) STYLE 70 AND 80 MULTI-ZONE WELDED CONSTRUCTION Multi-Zone PLATECOIL banks provide large amounts of heat transfer surface and are ideal for use with steam. if any. 50-1 Style 80 PLATECOIL Bank Fig.50 PLATECOIL BANKS PLATECOIL banks provide extensive heat transfer surface in a compact. spacings. 50-2 Header Size Table for Heating Watery Solutions with Steam When Dimension “A” does not exceed 22 inches D INLET NPS (in. 4. such as legs and lifting handles. 50-2 Style 70 PLATECOIL Bank . Steam heating of water solutions in large spray washers. of course. The following should be specified when ordering PLATECOIL banks: 1. size and material of PLATECOIL. Heating brewery processing tanks. Fig.) 2 1/2 2 1/2 4 6 8 8 E OUTLET NPS (in. Heating “white water” with steam. Style. lifting handles. can be specified for any style—Multi-Zone as described on this page. Banks are available in all PLATECOIL material. Waste heat recovery.. 4. etc. 3. 6. Heating asphalt with hot oil. Optional features. Cooling paint with water. Illustrated is the conventional all welded bank. 51-2 HEADER PIPE SIZE D NOMINAL PIPE SIZE (in. unions. Banks for building up ice. Heating air or liquids with high temperature hot water. flanges. TYPICAL USES FOR SERPENTINE PLATECOIL BANKS 1. Cooling quench oil with water. 51-3 Style 60 PLATECOIL Bank Alternate PLATECOIL can be offset lengthwise to obtain serpentine flow around the PLATECOIL when in a rectangular tank. Number of PLATECOIL Fig. 51-1 Style 50 PLATECOIL Bank Fig.) 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 2 through 4 5 through 7 8 through 10 11 through 15 16 through 20 21 through 25 Max. . as shown on page 50 are also available for these styles. Cooling air or liquids with refrigerants. 5. legs.51 PLATECOIL BANKS (cont’d) STYLE 50 AND 60 SERPENTINE PLATECOIL Serpentine PLATECOIL banks provide maximum heat transfer surface area with a single inlet and outlet connection. Fluidized bed applications (extra bracing may be required). 7. Fig. 8. The design is most efficient for cooling applications for use with hot oil or hot water. 2. 52-4 Condensate must flow to a common low point before lifting. or parallel pass design. 1. may be connected to a single trap provided all the condensate flows by gravity to a common low point. particularly in the smaller sizes and with low U values. 52-1 Style 80 should be used when vertically banked PLATECOIL are installed in processing tanks. Style 80 PLATECOIL may be installed in a flat position. present no problems when installed in the conventional manner. The inlet side should be elevated at least 1” for improved condensate drainage. PIPING. Fig. However. ft. Never attempt to lift condensate through more than one riser to a single trap. 52-4. Fig. Float and Thermostatic (F & T) type traps are typically best suited for PLATECOIL applications. . Individual PLATECOIL of Serpentine pass design installed in the conventional manner are in some instances used with steam. several reasonable adjacent PLATECOIL. This should be avoided if sediment may be deposited on the upper surface. The condensate line may be extended any reasonable distance vertically provided the steam pressure is in excess of 1 psig for each 2 feet of vertical lift. Fig. 2. each should be trapped individually. A rough calculation of the condensate in gpm will indicate whether or not flooding will be a problem. 50-3. TRAPPING The inherent flexibility of PLATECOIL design permits a wide variety of satisfactory installation procedures. 3.52 Installation and Maintenance Tips STEAM HEATED PLATECOIL POSITIONING. there are a few precautions that should be observed. However. to ensure maximum efficiency. If Style 90 are used. NOTE: The sketches shown here are to illustrate positioning only and do not indicate bracing often required. Fig. This is with the proviso that the PLATECOIL size not exceed approximately 50 sq. Fig. Elevation above the tank bottom should be sufficient to allow free circulation of the liquid. for steam to watery solutions if steam pressure is below 15 psig. 52-2 Installations of Multi-Zone styles with the pipe fittings down are not recommended unless the condensate fitting is used for the steam inlet. each PLATECOIL should be individually trapped. Individual PLATECOIL of Multi-Zone. as shown in Fig. This is also covered by Note 8 on page 79. 52-3 Style 70 are generally used for banks. Consult with a steam system expert to ensure the system design is proper. SUMMARY Ideally. 53-1 Corroded End (Anodic or Least Noble) Magnesium Zinc Beryllium Aluminum Alloys Cadmium Mild Steel. floors and tank walls. The International Nickel Company has developed a Galvanic Series (see Fig. INSULATING CURTAIN (P. Galvanic corrosion can be controlled by coating. These conditions also contribute to a more economical PLATECOIL life.V. 317 Alloy “20” Stainless Steels. In such cases the proper electrical contact with the anodizing circuit is necessary. cast and wrought Nickel-Iron-Chromium Alloy 825 Ni-Cr-Mo-Cu-Si Alloy B Titanium Ni-Cr-Mo Alloy C Platinum Graphite Protect End (Cathodic or Most Noble) (Courtesy of International Nickel Co. Red Brass Tin Copper Pb-Sn Solder (50/50) Admiralty Brass.Types 316. INSULATE HANGERS from metallic contact with tank. Stray currents can also reach other types of tanks through piping. Except under unusual conditions. C. inhibition.) SUGGESTED METHOD OF INSTALLING PLATECOIL IN CURRENT CARRYING SOLUTIONS Fig.) may be used to prevent currents passing from the anode through the PLATECOIL. GALVANIC SERIES OF METALS AND ALLOYS Fig. Electrochemical corrosion occuring between two dissimilar metals in contact in an electrolyte is called galvanic corrosion. In the case of cyanide copper plating solutions the chloride content should be low and the pH high (about 13) for good plating. cathodic protection or electrical insulation. 304. The coupling of metals from two different groups may result in the galvanic corrosion of the one nearest the anodic end of the series. corrosion occurs at the anodic surface. the greater the galvanic action.Types 302. 416 Nickel Silver 90-10 Copper-Nickel 80-20 Copper-Nickel Stainless Steel .” These are occasionally found in metal plating and aluminum anodizing processes. Metals grouped together are usually safe to use in contact with each other. 321 Nickel-Copper Alloys 400.C. The farther apart the metals stand. 53-2 illustrates a typical insulated PLATECOIL installation in a plating tank. 2. insulating the PLATECOIL from the electrical circuit is the most economical means of protecting PLATECOIL or the metal it is coupled with from this type of corrosion.Types 410. Corrosion resistance on some metals can be enhanced by creating a passive film on the surface of the metal. 53-1) which gives a realistic indication of what to expect in industrial applications. USE INSULATING JOINTS in both pipe lines. Stainless Steel PLATECOIL can be passivated for this reason. Yellow Brass. The principal objective is to isolate the PLATECOIL from all metallic contacts. In sulphuric acid anodizing solutions the PLATECOIL may be made a part of the cathodic area. 53-2 A. there must be a difference in potential and a complete electrical circuit.53 PROTECTION AGAINST ELECTROCHEMICAL CORROSION Electrochemical corrosion involves the flow of electric current from one metallic surface (anode) through an electrolyte to another metallic surface (cathode). NOTES 1. One form of electrochemical corrosion is caused by electrolytic solutions carrying “stray currents. Generally. Cast Iron Low Alloy Steel Austenitic Nickel Cast Iron Aluminum Bronze Naval Brass. Be sure to allow for free circulation of the solution under the curtain. B. Aluminum Brass Manganese Bronze Silicon Bronze Tin Bronzes (G & M) Stainless Steel . . Fig. K-500 Stainless Steel .Type 430 Lead 70-30 Copper-Nickel Nickel-Aluminum Bronze Nickel-Chromium Alloy 600 Silver Braze Alloys Nickel 200 Silver Stainless Steel . In addition to the electrolyte. Then ΔL = 12 feet x 0. When used with 100 psi steam at 338°F the skin temperature (surface temperature) of a PLATECOIL in a 180°F solution can be about 158°F higher than the tank wall temperature. conduct only 1/30th of the heat of an equivalent thickness of metal. the oxide film breaks down.36 inch or approximately 12 ft. and the example illustrates the use of the coefficients to determine effect of temperature on length.000107 . These pits act as stress risers and hair line cracks emanate from these pits. Because of these factors it is important to establish regular cleaning schedules. and corrosion occurs. for example.000084 .000108 .70°F) = .000108 in./ft./ft. 54-1 Coefficients of Linear Expansion Approximate Values MATERIAL COEFFICIENT in. Thus the final length of the PLATECOIL is 12 feet plus . etc. Scaling and corrosion rates increase with temperature. The presence of oxygen is excluded. Fig.000087 .000077 . Tranter engineers can offer recommendations for specific installations. 3/8 in. but after severe scaling. Figure 54-1 shows the linear thermal expansion of various metals and alloys. CLEANING AND MAINTAINING PLATECOIL The useful life of PLATECOIL can be extended by regular cleaning and inspection schedules. °F Example: Determine the approximate increase in length when a 12’ long stainless steel PLATECOIL is heated from 70°F to 350°F. Depending on the installation this could involve spacing between PLATECOIL. etc.000102 . to obtain proper heat transfer rates from the PLATECOIL. corrosion is accelerated in the small voids which occur under the scale next to the metal.36 in. also.54 INSTALLATION OF PLATECOIL TO ALLOW FOR THERMAL EXPANSION When PLATECOIL is fastened to rigid supports allowance must be made for thermal expansion. PLATECOIL are subjected to severe conditions of temperature and stress as contrasted to tank walls.000108 inches/foot°F. .000161 . rack.000083 . This is necessary.°F .000048 CARBON STEEL (1020) STAINLESS STEEL (18-8) ALUMINUM (5052) NICKEL (Pure) MONEL 400 INCONEL 600 ALLOY 20Cb-3 ALLOY B-2 ALLOY C-276 TITANIUM DETERMINING THERMAL EXPANSION General Equation: ΔL = Lo x Coefficient of Linear Expansion x Δt where ΔL = change in length Lo = initial overall length Δt = difference between temperature limits involved. slotted lugs. The stainless steels in particular depend on an oxide surface film for their corrosion resistance. to prevent buckling. Usually this corrosion first takes place as a concentration cell attack and pits develop in the metal under the scale. the surface has been roughened so that scaling will occur more readily in the future. Even if the PLATECOIL is cleaned before leaks develop.°F (350°F . flexible joints. Also.000088 . Lime scale deposits. Solution: From the table pick the proper coefficient for stainless steel . if the tank is filled with such an acid and then the PLATECOIL is used for heating it to hasten the cleaning process.9. This. 2. AC or DC. AC-DC typical class E-316L AWS 5. all position. reverse polarity coated electrode of AWS Class E-60 or E-70 should be used. The oxy-acetylene gas torch method can sometimes be used. will not remove the most stubborn phosphate type scales. Electropolishing will generally reduce the scaling problems encountered with stainless PLATECOIL. Sulfamic acid type cleaners may be considerably less dangerous. It is suggested that this method always be tried before removing the PLATECOIL and permitting the scale to dry and harden. A 1/8” diameter. Through accidental damage.55 CLEANING AND MAINTAINING PLATECOIL (cont’d. Repairing type 304L with either the MIG or TIG process requires E-308L AWS 5. etc. a systematic cleaning program can be established without down time. A clean stainless steel brush should be used as a final preparation in the repairing of stainless steel. The base metal in the weld area must be free from slag. for example.4 is recommended. a bristle or stainless steel brush should be used. 3. The use of hammers and chisels to remove scale is not recommended. These acids may be satisfactory if used cold. AWS 5. If in emergencies this method is necessary. typical class E-316L. however. The edges and general area should be wire brushed and cleaned with a suitable solvent where possible. Some scales. PLATECOIL are rugged structural units but are not designed to withstand severe blows. For these cases it is most desirable to consult one of the concerns who supply metal finishing chemicals. Pressures up to 600 psi can be employed. Separate cleaning tanks are frequently set up. A general wire brushing on the completed repair makes a satisfactory surface finish. Cleanliness of the Weld Area is important. Carbon Steel PLATECOIL: SMAW (open arc) welding is the conventional method. Some leaks may be repaired and the following welding procedures are suggested. oil and grease. A 3/32” diameter electrode. If TIG (heli arc) welding is used. By using spare PLATECOIL and suitable chemicals in a separate cleaning tank. 1. All stainless steel welds should be interrupted regularly and the area promptly water quenched. may require chemical cleaning. However. Extreme corrosion may occur. Some scales can be removed reasonably well by this process.) FIELD REPAIR OF PLATECOIL PLATECOIL’s basic design simplifies cleaning by brushing in place. particularly those encountered in the operation of some phosphatizing processes in metal finishing. Chlorides and fluorides can severly attack stainless. When brushing stainless PLATECOIL. PLATECOIL can be damaged beyond repair by such treatment. . Do not use a plain steel wire brush as steel particles will be embedded in the surface. PLATECOIL may occasionally need repair. When chemically cleaning stainless PLATECOIL. a 1/16” diameter bare rod. PLATECOIL that have been in use for some time may have deposits from the process on the surface so that the repair point becomes easily contaminated and a leak proof assembly is difficult to obtain. SMAW welding is the conventional method. It is important to do this so that the metal temperature cannot exceed 800 degrees for more than 2 minutes to minimize carbide precipitation. Stainless Steel PLATECOIL: For type 316L. scale. Extreme care should be exercised to avoid burning through the material. a lead or fiber mallet carefully used is the least apt to cause damage.9 is recommended. if properly inhibited and/or if properly rinsed off after use. caution should be observed regarding the use of acids containing chlorides or fluorides.. Some scales may be removed by use of special equipment designed for high pressure water spraying. This popular steam heating PLATECOIL has a proven faster heat up capacity. 20 and 21. See page 25. See pages 19. A 22 x 47 PLATECOIL provides the same heat transfer area as 32’ of 1 1/2” pipe requiring approximately 30” x 60”. Styles 40 and 30 available for unusual conditions. 5. 2. .56 Application Information PLATECOIL FOR METAL PLATING. usually without draining the tanks. 6. See pages 9 and 10. See area table page 12. 10. TREATING PLATECOIL have been used regularly for over 50 years for heating and cooling many plating. The following advantages have been proven over the years. See metal finishing material selection guide on page 29.. FINISHING. Annealing and passivating is available as an option. 56-2 These are Style 50D Serpentine PLATECOIL in a falling film chiller for a special anodizing operation. Phosphate scales. Insulating joints and hangers are easier than with pipecoil. See pages 6. PLATECOIL requires less space than pipecoil. Can be readily isolated from. See pages 6 and 10. 99. 28. See page 33. Easy to handle and install. 1. Fig. This method of hanging about 1 3/4” from the tank wall results in a chimney effect causing a natural circulation for improved uniformity of heating in still tanks. metal finishing and metal treating solutions. 100 and 101. See hanger details on Page 15. See page 33. 7 and 8. This eliminates threaded connections in the solution. etc. Also see page 73 for a sample spray washer PLATECOIL sizing calculation. These methods are simple for heating watery solutions with steam in one or two hours and for cooling plating solutions. Electropolished stainless steel surfaces resist fouling. Quick Selection Charts available for easy sizing. See pages 11. 4. PLATECOIL also make excellent cathode surface in anodize tanks. Thousands in stock in various metals and gauges. 9. Two Serpentine styles for best cooling effectiveness. Styles 90 and 50 have pipes coming above the solution. 8. 1 1/2” pass and series parallel offer design flexibility. Hundreds of styles and sizes in stock for fast shipment. Superior corrosion resistance for longer life. The product has been regularly expanded and improved. the electrical circuit. 56-1 Typical installation in a tank showing the use of QUICK-CHANGE PLATECOIL hangers with a Style 90. See page 57 and sample problem on page 74. often tend to flake off during heating and cooling cycles. See pages 74 and 80. Carbon steel PLATECOIL can be stress relieved for longer life in heating low temperature and low concentration caustic solutions. 7. Fig. Highly efficient Multi-Zone styles available. or made a part of. All stainless steel PLATECOIL are fabricated from low carbon grade material for improved corrosion resistance. 3. TREATING (CONT’D. 9.57 PLATECOIL FOR METAL PLATING. stripper and rinse solutions. Various other applications. See pages 99. 2. Heating and cooling many kinds of plating solutions. etc. Fig. 57-2 Plating tank fabricated of integral PLATECOIL for electroless nickel. Heating and cooling various paints. SB-265. Heating aluminum bright dip. Fig. sq. pickling. Fig. Heating cleaner. 6. Still Steam to Water Solutions Water to Watery Solutions Agitated** 175 * 200 * 60 * 100 * * These are typical heat transfer rates shown as U = Btu/hr. Threaded ends available. ft. weights.°F * * Special bracing may be required. dye and seal solutions. 4. Cooling quench oil. 8.035” Titanium Tubing. 7. 5. FINISHING. . 3.0236” Titanium. TITANIUM HEATING AND COOLING ECONOCOIL ® Working Pressure: 70 psig @ 350°F Material: 0. Heating all stages as necessary in industrial spray washers and phosphatizing systems. Fig. 57-4 STYLE 50D All titanium units are now fabricated using this expanded construction.) THOUSANDS IN USE FOR: 1. Other styles also available. Connections: Plain end 0. 57-1 Type 316L stainless steel full solution annealed PLATECOIL for cooling sulphuric acid anodizing solutions. Three handles are supplied on units over 71 “ long. They also act as cathode area. 57-3 STYLE 90D Typical titanium ECONOCOIL. Heating galvanizing flux solutions. Cooling sulphuric acid anodizing solutions. 100 and 101 for dimensions. 59-1. Pulp and paper mills are no exception. Weight is approximately 5120 lbs. The hot fluid is then pumped to various other points in the mill and used to heat makeup air. 58-1 This bank assembly has 9216 sq. moist exhaust air emitted by these machines. are also available. millions of Btu’s per hour are transferred to a water or water/glycol solution being pumped through the plates. The result is a big saving in fuel costs. A STANDARDIZED CONFIGURATION WITH OUTSTANDING VERSATILITY The basic design for a typical Tranter Heat Recovery Bank is illustrated in Fig.000 Btu/hr.58 BANKS FOR HEAT RECOVERY FROM HOT MOIST AIR TO LIQUIDS • Low pressure drops • A variety of designs • Precise sizing • High heat transfer rates • Smooth. As shown on page 59. of heat transfer surface.” not including the manifolds. 58-2 Bank assembly with enclosing casing ready for installation. of heat transfer surface and recovers approximately 33. escalating fuel costs make it necessary for industrial plants to look for methods that will allow them to recover and utilize energy that might otherwise be wasted. (empty) and 6400 lbs. In addition. Tranter Heat Recovery Banks are designed to recapture a major portion of the high Btu content of the hot. Overall dimensions are 48” x 50” x 120.000. Fig. . there are many optional designs and features that will provide a variety of answers in meeting heat transfer and installation requirements. water and other process solutions. As the exhaust air passes over the surfaces of the plates in the banks. fouling-resistant surfaces • Compact configuration RECOVER BTU’S THAT MIGHT OTHERWISE BE WASTED Now more than ever before. Banks with casings and flanges. ft. ft. Fig. This particular unit provides approximately 3200 sq. ready to set in place for connecting to adjoining ductwork. Several are recovering valuable Btu’s by installing Tranter Heat Recovery Banks in the exhaust ducts of their paper machines and thermal mechanical pulping (TMP) units and in exhaust ducts from textile dye becks. (full). the banks can be constructed with either PLATECOIL or ECONOCOIL heat transfer surfaces. 59 BANKS FOR HEAT RECOVERY (cont’d. Ft. partial pressures and other factors into account. depending on operating conditions. 316L Stainless Steel. ft.0# 2.) Overall U values are also enhanced by high air side/ liquid side velocities. ft. 59-2 Econocoil (Full Size) Cross Section . The hot exhaust air should be saturated at the entrance to the coils so that the high. ft.°F. physical properties. Water is sometimes sprayed into the air stream ahead of the coils to saturate the air.8# Weights per Sq.) Fig. Excellent heat transfer rates (U values) are obtained with Tranter Heat Recovery Banks for this application. sq. 304L. — 20 gauge 1. Pressures — 20 gauge = 75 to 100 psig 18 gauge = 125 to 150 psig Empty Full 2. of heat transfer surface and include nominal amounts for manifolds and channels. air side condensing film coefficient can be obtained over all surfaces.3# (Note: Above weights per sq. 316. 18 or 20 gauge. Tranter’s detailed and precise sizing procedures (developed expressly for this type of two-phase heat tranfer condition) take all velocities. U values achieved can range from 50 to 400 Btu/hr. Fig.6# 18 gauge 2. 59-1 Typical Heat Recovery Bank SPECIFICATIONS Materials & Gauges — 304. are based on sq. . In such cases it is also desirable to maintain a constant flow of cooling water through the PLATECOIL when the product is being handled. The product density. • DRYING SOLIDS Fig. fluidizing air velocity and rigidity of foundations are all important factors regarding required strength. ETC. This data should be provided with an inquiry if Tranter is to be involved in the bracing design. TYPICAL USES: • DRYING AND COOLING CHEMICALS • COOLING ALUMINA • COOLING CEMENT • COOLING SALT. sq.60 PLATECOIL FOR USE IN FLUIDIZED BEDS FOR SOLIDS — • COOLING • DRYING • HEATING Fluidized bed heat exchangers are widely used for cooling. heating or drying the products. 60-1 Typical PLATECOIL bank for fluidized bed service. Tranter has test data available so that the natural frequency of any given band can be supplied as desired. The use of PLATECOIL as heat transfer surface in these exchangers has gained wide acceptance. The product is easily distributed at the inlet end by use of an opening the width of the box. heating or drying a variety of solid products. 60-1 and 60-2 for typical banks. Inc. Tranter. Fig. The bottom of the exchanger box consists of a porous material or a drilled plate through which air is forced. particularly if high temperatures are involved. Heat transfer rates between 8 and 40 Btu/hr. The product is passed between vertically installed PLATECOIL which carry water or steam for cooling. Additional components such as cover plates. 60-2 Special PLATECOIL bank assembly installed in a fluidized bed dryer for soybeans. This keeps the product in a loose or fluid state so that it seeks its own level based on density and will move through the exchanger. Allowances should also be made for expansion and contraction of the PLATECOIL. Operational forces need to be considered so that a suitable PLATECOIL gauge and adequate bracing or baffle plates can be designed.°F have been obtained for varying applications. customarily furnishes the PLATECOIL in banks with manifolds and the needed bracing to the customer’s design. ft. See Fig. The banks are normally ready for installation. mounting brackets and baffles can also be supplied. The open spaces between the plates readily release vapors resulting from evaporative cooling or evaporation processes. . Cooling acids in acid production plants. Two Phase Fluids Inside OK 4. 4. including the use of CIP systems. 61-3 Typical ECONOCOIL bank assemblies. Some purchase decisions have been based on the ready accessibility of the external surfaces for inspection and cleaning. 2. 61-2 Typical PLATECOIL banks used as falling film heat exchangers. Refrigerants can be utilized internally. 5. Fig. The thin liquid film on the outside surface with the resulting high velocity promotes high U values. Two Phase Fluids Outside OK 5. 3. 61-1 PLATECOIL falling film arrangement sketch. Fig. Fluids with high solids content which would likely plug. Low Pressure Drop 3. Easy To Clean 6. 6. Heating liquids in evaporators. 7. Heating refrigerants with water in heat pump project. Aqua ammonia liquid fertilizer converters. whereas this is not practical with some types of exchangers. High Values Will Not Plug 1. Cooling wort in breweries. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 1. Fig. The falling film method has a low pressure drop for the external fluid with only enough head required to lift the fluid to the top of the exchanger and discharge it through the distribution system. 2. The reasons for selecting this type design are summarized below.61 PLATECOIL FALLING FILM HEAT EXCHANGERS PLATECOIL type heat exchangers have been used for falling film type heat exchange and the use is increasing. Cooling high solids slurries. Other heat exchangers can be handled over the outside surfaces with ease. Chiling water with refrigerants for carbonation. Plastic pipe with drilled holes make ideal distributors. For most satisfactory oil return. food products. 2. There are some variations to the systems. 3. may be used with either approach. it is preferable to provide a separate expansion valve for each unit. The brief descriptions below are intended as general guidelines for the best evaporator selection for the two usual systems. 4. 4. Clean. 90-1. 3. 62-2 illustrates the evaporator portion of the system. top outlet. The usual product advantages of high efficiency. The top outlet connection should be large enough to handle the gas volume without significant pressure drop. Refrigerants are most commonly R-12 or R-22. anodize solutions. The refrigerant is usually ammonia. 62-1. ease of cleaning and a minimum of joints are pertinent for this service. Basic design criteria are listed below: 1. Use of header type PLATECOIL or ECONOCOIL (usually ECONOCOIL) is preferable. DIRECT EXPANSION SYSTEMS These systems are often referred to as DX arrangements. and building ice. light weight. outlet is usually satisfactory. When more than one PLATECOIL is involved. The most common applications are . Style 60 Serpentine PLATECOIL may be installed on end with the fittings up as long as the Btu loading (pressure drop) does not exceed the capacities of Fig. A coil up to about 48 x 71 with 1 1/2” dia. Note that the maximum Btu loading as related to pressure drop must also be checked using Fig.chilling water. The U value was selected from Fig. 62-1 illustrates a PLATECOIL bank system. beverages. The boiling liquid develops excellent internal film coefficients (h ) which usually result in higher U values than direct expansion systems. Fig. 2. Style 60 or 50 Serpentine PLATECOIL should always be used for positive refrigerant distribution and highest velocities for best U values and proper oil return. 62-1 DIRECT EXPANSION SYSTEMS Preferred PLATECOIL Designs and Typical Piping for Banks FLOODED SYSTEMS These systems are also sometimes referred to as “excess of liquid” or “liquid overfeed” arrangements. Fig. 90-1. Cascade (falling film) arrangements are very effective because of the excellent outside film (h0). Copper fittings can be supplied. An example problem is worked out on page 75. 1 Fig. 78-1. as shown in Fig. the overall set up should be supervised by a knowledgeable refrigeration systems person. They are generally immersed in a liquid or used in a falling film cascading arrangement. Individual inlets are necessary but a common outlet is satisfactory.62 PLATECOIL FOR REFRIGERATION PLATECOIL and ECONOCOIL are used as evaporators with various refrigerants. See page 27. Design for bottom inlet. In all cases. Fig. Both products readily pass the sensitive halogen leak tests as usually required for refrigerant applications. General design guidelines for the evaporator for these flooded systems are 1. With these systems only part of the refrigerant evaporates. it is customary to utilize a tip feed and bottom suction. 62-2 FLOODED SYSTEMS Preferred ECONOCOIL Designs and Arrangements . for self venting and low pressure drop purposes. An expansion valve with a distributor. dry and seal is also a standard requirement. 9 Fig. Inc. Shrouds for large chambers are assembled at the site. has supplied PLATECOIL cryogenic shrouds for many projects over the years. . In all cases the design is optically dense with space left for pump out. This is the best design for the very sensitive mass spectrometer leak testing required. surfaces for helium cryopumping and bell jar shrouds. He. Inside surfaces grit blasted for painting (by Tranter if specified).1 emissivity. 63-1 Typical PLATECOIL shroud. The typical specifications following give additional details. To be single embossed with header type self venting design. 63-2 The illustration above shows Tranter standard “cryogenic edge.. 63-2. The fillet bead weld is for pressure containment and to facilitate testing. psig and with cryogenic edges. Operating pressure . 304L stainless steel. The photo shows a typical medium-sized shroud ready for shipment in an assembled state.. test .” The skip welds are for structural purposes. Fig. These include LN shrouds for large and small test chambers. The PLATECOIL are also fabricated with a cryogenic edge per Fig.. A TYPICAL PLATECOIL SHROUD SPECIFICATION SHOULD READ AS FOLLOWS: Cryogenic shroud to be of Tranter PLATECOIL using 16 ga. To have LN cold shock test and mass spectrometer leak test to a leak rate not exceeding 1 x 10 atmos. cc/sec. Completed shroud assemblies as fabricated and tested with all cryogenic special features described in the typical specification above. psig. Outside electropolished for about ..63 PLATECOIL FOR CRYOGENIC COLD SHROUDS Tranter. This is possible by use of the MIG weld process as discussed on Pages 19 and 33. PLATECOIL circuits designed for high cooling water flow rates. Fig. Fig. 64-2 Embossing can be provided on heads as well as on plate thickness side wall sections using MIG welding. 64-1 This is a high pressure PLATECOIL shell for a double-bottom mixer. Fig. 64-3 Steam-heated asphalt trailer tank PLATECOIL section. 64-4 Special vessel bottom shown inverted. Typical products are shown below. .64 PLATECOIL HEAVY FABRICATIONS PLATECOIL has fulfilled many requirements for jacketing on heavy plates and dished heads. Fig. High operating pressures can be obtained and the ASME Code Stamp is available. Fig. and fastened to the firing tubes they closely control the temperature of the solid propellant. Internal volume is less than 5 cu. Coast Guard regulations under paragraph 54. 65-3 The stainless steel PLATECOIL shown here are in a large compartment of a food products tanker. 2. Fig. Formed to the diameter of. Operating pressure is not over 600 psi (PLATECOIL normally cannot be code stamped to this pressure). standard sizes. shop fabricated banks. Fig. They are especially suited for dirty. They are used for heating or for cooling depending on the product being transported. Ease of cleaning is a principal advantage of this design over shell and tube. SHELL AND PLATE EXCHANGERS Fig.65 PLATECOIL FOR SHIPBOARD USE PLATECOIL have many advantages for shipboard duty including large surface areas per fitting. high solids content streams. 5. Temperatures do not exceed 400°F. 65-1 Tens of thousands of these stainless steel PLATECOIL are serving successfully with the Missile Submarine Fleet. Also efficiency is increased with resulting higher shell side velocities. The ECONOCOIL are on close centers.0115 allow use of PLATECOIL for shipboard installation without design approval and without shop inspection by the Coast Guard provided: 1. 3. Provision is made for safety relief valves in the supply line. heavy gauge materials and Coast Guard approval. 6. such as 3/4”. The ASME Code stamp is supplied. This provides a high surface area to volume ratio. ft. 65-2 A Polaris submarine showing the missile tubes which have been jacketed with PLATECOIL since original construction. 65-4 Optional Designs The exchangers shown here have ECONOCOIL heat transfer surfaces. The media are not hazardous. 4. . Coast Guard approval may be required for conditions exceeding any of the above. °F ΔtL= log mean temperature difference between the hot and cold fluids. sq. (British Thermal Units) A = Surface area available to transmit heat. water. Regardless of the metal used. the latter usually called “fouling. Q. See Fig. °F. The rate at which heat is transferred through the separating wall is expressed by the factor U which is called the overall rate of heat transfer and indicates the number of Btu that are transmitted in an hour for each square foot of heating surface when the temperature difference is one degree F. convection and radiation. Btu/hr.” The amount of fouling at any particular time is directly influenced by plant “housekeeping” and is more or less an indeterminate variable. while the velocity along the surface of the metal also influences this film resistance. or substance. the quantity of heat. Temperature may be considered as “thermal pressure.) This equation. ft. 1 2 Fig. The value of U may vary greatly depending upon the physical conditions involved and the materials being heated. 78-1 and the comments following the table. there is a definite drop in temperature through the metal and adjacent films just as a pressure drop accompanies the flow of water through a hydraulic system. the resistance of the metal wall is relatively unimportant in its effect on overall heat transfer. oil or other material. An oil film introduces a much higher resistance than water or steam. U = Overall coefficient of heat transfer. (See Fig. 66-1. If the metallic wall represents a segment from one side of a PLATECOIL which is immersed in the liquid being heated.66 Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Calculations HEAT TRANSFER IN INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES A general knowledge of the factors that govern the flow of heat from one body. 14 and 12 gauge material. page 68. Generally speaking. The drop in temperature is most rapid when heat flows through the sections of greatest thermal resistance.The film resistance is dependent upon the type of fluid involved. as illustrated by the use of a steam heated PLATECOIL installed in a liquid bath or tank.” which propels the heat from the zone of higher Due to the much higher film and scale resistances. and heat always flows from the zone of higher temperature to the zone of lower temperature. the overall rate at which heat is transmitted through the area and the log mean temperature difference Δt between the source (steam) and the receiver of the heat (liquid). This temperature drop is illustrated by Fig. 66-1 Thermal Drop Through PLATECOIL Metal Wall The methods by which heat is transmitted are conduction. ft. 82-1 or calculation method. Again referring to Fig. that is transmitted from the steam to the liquid is dependent upon the area available to transmit the heat. In considering the transfer of heat from one fluid to another separated by a metallic wall. At its worst the buildup may be sufficient to practically shut-off the flow of heat. is general for both heating and cooling and its understanding is essential in the practical solution of industrial heat transfer problems. whether it is steam. This is particularly true in the case of PLATECOIL which are fabricated of 16. Expressed as an equation: L Q = (A)(U)(ΔtL) where (1) Q = Total quantity of heat in Btu/hr. . It is seen that they account for the greatest temperature drop between t and t . to another is essential for a proper understanding and solution of heating and cooling requirements. temperature to the zone of lower temperature. In the case of the metallic wall mentioned above. 66-1. the greater the velocity. thus raising the temperature of the latter. the most important factors influencing the amount of heat that can be transmitted through the wall are the film and scale resistances on both sides of the plate. sq. The scale resistance may be caused by corrosion of the metal or by a build up of deposits from the material being heated. the heat liberated by the condensing steam is forced through this wall by the “thermal pressure” and is introduced into the liquid. (1). its effect is slight as compared to the other factors. the lower the resistance. 0747 inch k = 312 Btu/hr. and field experience have established typical U values for various types of applications. 67-1 EFFECT OF METAL CONDUCTIVITY OF U VALUES Film Coefficients Applications Material Btu/hr. sq. using a 14 ga. ht. refer to the liquid specific gravity and specific heat. °F .67 CALCULATING HEAT TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS Example: Heating water with saturated steam. equation (1) is usually rewritten to read: A = Q (Btu/hr. U.001 1 = 220 Btu/hr.2°F Specific heat = Btu/Ib. film coefficients can be calculated or selected from Fig. When calculating heat transfer requirements. °F h0 h1 Heating Copper 300 1000 Water with Aluminum 300 1000 Saturated Carbon Steel 300 1000 Steam Stainless Steel 300 1000 Heating Copper 5 1000 Air with Aluminum 5 1000 Saturated Carbon Steel 5 1000 Steam Stainless Steel 5 1000 Thermal Conductivity of Metal (k) Btu/hr. °F 229 228 220 217 497 497 496 496 h0 and h1 are the outside and inside fluid film heat transfer coefficients. ft. Temperature difference in this case is the number of degrees the material is to be raised in temperature. the overall heat transfer coefficient. and sp. The comments following the table will assist in selecting a U value.) 0. °F/in. Columbus.0747 0. a convenient way to express formula (3) as a rate of exchange is: (l)(w)(h)(62.0747 0. ft.) of 1 cu. the physical dimensions of which are known. however. sq. ht.0747 0. The steam to water condition shows the greatest variation. gr. In practice this difference would be mainly eliminated by fouling or scale which usually forms and has not been considered in these calculations.4)(sp. sq. °F Note that the actual resistance of the metal adds to the total resistance only in the fourth significant figure. ft. ft. F) hours in which heat transfer is to be performed = Btu/hr. Four steps are involved as follows: The film coefficients were selected from Fig. 2680 1570 312 113 2680 1570 312 113 Metal Thickness (in. or other containers. Numbers selected are from the wide range shown but are commonly those used for steam and water. The results as summarized in the table below show that even though the metal conductivities vary widely the overall U values are in the same general range.0747 + 1 300 312 1000 1 . (if tank is not full. sq.0747 0. °F (for steam) x =. By use of the same formula comparable U values can be determined for other materials and also for heating air which is a low transfer rate condition. (U)(ΔtL) (2) From equation (2) the number of square feet of surface area required for a specific application can be calculated. extensive tests in Tranter’s modern laboratory.0747 U Value Btu/hr.004539 Since most batch heating problems start with tanks. 68-1.) (specific heat) (temp. 2. When complete details are known.)(sp.4 weight (lbs. 68-1. sq. ft.0033 + . so it has little effect on the overall U value.0747 0.0747 0.0747 0. F) = Total Btu’s (3) = = 1 1 + .)(temp. ft. carbon steel PLATECOIL. ft. °F/in. sq.2°F Specific gravity = density compared to water at 39. ft.)= sq. h = depth of liquid) 62. respectively x is the thickness of the metal wall of the PLATECOIL k is the thermal conductivity of the metal in question where: . Applying these values. °F (for water) h1 = 1000 Btu/hr.000239 +. gr.°F where: Sp. width and height are in ft. sq. so overall U values are used for most applications. of water at 39. Usually this data is not available. Research studies made by Battelle Memorial Institute. DETERMINATION OF Q The total quantity of heat Q involved is usually calculated from known conditions of the problem by the formula: (Weight in lbs. can be calculated from film coefficient and thermal conductivity data by the following formula: U= 1 ho + 1 x k + 1 h1 = Btu/hr. Ohio. sq. ft. DETERMINATION OF U The correct value of U can be selected from page 78 in accordance with the nature of the application. diff. diff. Fig. where: h0 = 300 Btu/hr. ft. the formula now reads as follows: U = 1. Also. (4) Length. See page 78 for a summary of these and note the first paragraph regarding U = 150 for average open tank heating conditions. 60°F = 207°F.68 CALCULATING HEAT TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS (cont’d. If h is low and h is high . 68-2. The following example works it out mathematically. Apply the conditions of the above problem: (267 . the arithmetic average of the starting and final temperature differences would apply. 68-1 Film Coefficients (conductance) Btu/hr.Δt2 = °F In Δt1 Δt2 (5) where ΔtL = Logarithmic mean temperature difference Δt1 = Greater temperature difference between the hot and cold fluids (t1 . The “thermal pressure” available at the start of the heating cycle is t . is necessary to determine what average. High coefficients indicate high U values. Time This value 138.4°F In 207 . As the water heats up. In many cases this can be determined quite accurately from Fig. therefore. For accuracy. 68-2) = 267°F .4°F is. etc.t = 87°F. 68-2.t (Fig. Select coefficients in the higher range for higher velocities and/or lower viscosities. DETERMINATION OF U (CONT’D.H1 OR H0 0 1 o Film coefficients are necessary when U values are to be calculated.87 = 120 = 138. ΔtL applies over the whole heating cycle. therefore. sq. If the water temperature increased uniformly.8668 87 3. ft. or mean temperature.t3) = 207°F + 87°F = 147°F = ΔtL 2 2 In practice it is found that the usual heating curve is in the form of the solid line.) FILM COEFFICIENTS . DETERMINATION OF ∆TL A correct understanding of the term Δt is essential in the calculation of any heat transfer problem.180) = In (267 .180) 207 . alcohol.t2) Δt2 = Lesser temperature difference between the hot and cold fluids (t1 . this “thermal pressure” reduces until when 180°F is reached it is reduced to t . 1 2 1 3 No Change in State Water Gases Organic Solvents (gasoline. Fig.(267 .°F 150 to 2000 1 to 50 60 to 500 10 to 120 1000 to 3000 150 to 500 200 to 400 20 to 50 500 to 1000 800 to 2000 100 to 300 150 to 300 10 to 50 200 to 400 100 to 600 Assume the simple case of heating a tank of water from 60°F to 180°F. the correct one to apply for Δt in equation (2).60) (267 . Fig. using steam at 25 psig (steam temperature = 267°F) by means of a PLATECOIL suspended in the water.t3) Coefficient selected should depend on velocity and/or viscosity of the material involved. as shown by the dofted line.60) . ΔtL = Δt1 .t2) + (t1 . L Fig. 82-1. it is necessary to resort to the logarithmic mean temperature difference. Fig. 68-2 Temperature Relationships vs. L .) 2. It. kerosene. h will tend to govern the U value.) Oils Condensing Steam Organic Solvents Light Oils Heavy Oils (vacuum) Ammonia Evaporation Water Organic Solvents Light Oils Heavy Oils Ammonia R-12 (t1 . Tank open or closed. 1. ft. the Quick Selection Chart on page 80 may be used. if any. ft. PROCESS TANK HEATING DETERMINING PLATECOIL REQUIREMENTS The data generally necessary to accurately calculate PLATECOIL heat transfer surface requirements usually includes the following: l.75 For conditions for which the chart is not applicable the approach would be per page 66 and as follows: ΔtL = 250°F 250°F = 105°F from Fig.760 Btu/hr. Once the operating temperature of 180°F is reached. two 18” x 119” Style 90D PLATECOIL having 35. Using the simple temperature difference. The notes on page 80 explain the basis of the U of 150 for the Quick Selection Chart.°F which applies during the heating up cycle. ft. of PLATECOIL will be needed. 66. 4. ft. Ventilation or wind velocity. as may be required to check a 2-hour heat-up versus an extended heat-up and other certain operating requirements. 68-2) = 87°F the product of (U)(Δt ) = 13. The tank is 12’ x 4’ x 3’ deep with a 2 1/2’ water depth. Q. ft.2 sq. each would logically be selected.4°F but rather the lower temperature difference of 267°F 180°F = 87°F. thermal conductivity and viscosity of liquid. The ambient temperature is 60°F. Determining the amount of PLATECOIL surface area required for heating water base solutions in open tanks with steam can easily be accomplished by using the Quick Selection Chart appearing on page 80. Specific heat. In this lafter situation there is no longer available a “thermal pressure” of Δt = 138. the product of (U) (Δt ) then becomes (150) (138. Amount of insulation. 12-1 on page 12. this method is suitable only for heat-up times which do not exceed two hours.4) = 20. it then becomes the function of the PLATECOIL to maintain this temperature by modulating the supply steam. of PLATECOIL will heat 1. . Time allowed for heat up or cool down. 10. 120 = 68. As indicated in the footnotes of these charts. By L x W x H it is found that the tank contains 120 cu. CALCULATION OF SURFACE AREA L plus the corresponding charts which appear on page 81. Pumping or circulation rate if involved. Temperature and type of heating or cooling medium. 3. This is an important fact to remember in cases where it is necessary to determine the amount of PLATECOIL area required to maintain operating conditions. 200°F 60°F PLATECOIL FOR HEATING APPLICATIONS GENERAL HEATING CALCULATIONS From Fig. sq. Amount of agitation. or this may be 190°F 50°F calculated per example on pg. the examples below provide information on how such calculations can be made. of PLATECOIL required. 7.75 cu. Therefore. 9.) 4. per hour through a hot water seal tank maintained at 200°F. to obtain the sq. 12. specific gravity. 8. 5. Size of tank and solution depth. 6.760 Btu/hr.6 sq. If for U the value 150 is assigned. sq. ft. Amount of scaling anticipated. of water for these conditions. ft. Starting temperature & final or operating temperature. °F which is divided into the total quantity of heat involved. The chart shows that 1 sq.69 CALCULATING HEAT TRANSFER REQUIREMENTS (cont’d. Since this involves heating a watery solution from 60°F with steam. L 1 3 L DETAILED HEATING CALCULATIONS For more precise calculation.050 instead of 20. t . 2. of water (or 900 gallons). ft. 82-1. Amount and kind of work being processed. 11. Example: Determine the total area and number of PLATECOIL needed under the following conditions: Aluminum extrusions are processed at the rate of 2000 lbs. if any. This is to be heated in one hour with 15 psig steam.t (Fig. select a velocity and read the heat loss figure from the appropriate column in Fig.3 sq.70 DETAILED HEATING CALCULATIONS (CONT’D. DETERMINING OPERATING REQUIREMENTS If a 2-hour heat-up period is to be considered. 32 ft. = 102. PLATECOIL installed externally. For heat-up periods longer than 2 hours a careful evaluation of the average wall and surface losses must be made to determine the needed surface area. Area = 232. This figure should then be compared with the actual surface area required to maintain the solution at operating conditions.240 Btu/hr. A safe rule of thumb for longer than 2-hour heat-up.600 Btu/hr.240 Btu/hr. sides and bottom area = 144 sq.400 Btu/hr. x 320 Btu/hr.960. this constant now becomes the Δt . No. top and sides. The following types of application are considered.480 Btu/hr. ft. 7.720 Btu/hr. 2 Bare tank. insulated tanks. ft.for still air) = 158. ht. = 174. 86-3. Average wall and surface loss rate 204. x 3300 Btu/hr. ft. by 35 ft. This gives 33.480 Btu/hr. 2. In all cases the surface areas needed for both heatup and operating conditions should be determined and compared.23* Btu/Ib. ft. ft. NOTE: If tank has forced ventilation so that there is appreciable air movement over the liquid surface. ft. 4. 5. 6 6. (from Fig.000 = 16. ft.) PRECAUTIONS FOR LONG HEAT-UP PERIODS ft. it is generally safe to divide the 1-hour requirements in half. in this case. 160 x 50 * = sp. Tank wall losses Ends. dia.320 Btu/hr. Sufficient accuracy will be maintained if this figure is rounded off. holding requirements or pumping requirements. high is used for outdoor storage of 100-120 penetration grade asphalt. selecting appropriate ambient termperature and wind velocity.°F) (200°F-140°F) = 27. which is actually too low to bring the solution to its required temperature in the allofted time. 86-2) = 46./hr. ft. 48 sq. externally installed PLATECOIL.5 sq. Wall and surface losses at operating conditions = 204. The tank is located among other tanks and buildings so that an average effective wind velocity of 10 mph may be used.000 Btu/hr. 3.6 sq. 160 x 105 Note that dividing the area requirement for 1-hour heat-up of 66. The larger of the two figures should always be used in selecting PLATECOIL areas. Total heat input rate required on a 6-hour heat-up basis = 102. The following example will illustrate some of these conditions. ft. 4 Using 1 1/2” insulation. 3 Using 1 1/2” insulation. No.480 Btu/hr. The contents are to be held at 100°F under winter design ambient temperature of zero °F using 15 psig exhaust steam.080 Btu/hr. No. OUTDOOR STORAGE TANK HEATING 4. top and sides. or approximately 232.600 = 232. Since the wall and surface losses are being calculated here a U value of 160 for steam to watery solution may be used. PLATECOIL installed internally. (from Fig. 3. internally vs. Q to heat water solution only to required temperature in 6 hours = 1.1 sq. Δt now becomes 50°F (from Fig. No. For example. = 276. PLATECOIL installed externally. + 174. 2 Outdoor storage tanks present special problems in determining PLATECOIL requirements. Total operating load = 204. Work load (assume the aluminum enters at 140°F from the hot rinse tank) Q = (2000 lbs. These problems include bare vs. by 6 gives an area of 11. Total = 204.000 = 29 sq. from Fig. PLATECOIL installed internally. from the preceeding problem so one PLATECOIL could be used.048. . Area = 277. sq. Liquid surface losses Surface area = 48 sq. 2.480 + 27. 82-1) or since the difference in temperature between the steam and solution is constant. if a 6-hour heat-up were required. is approximately equal to that needed for a 2-hour heat-up.) (0. This heat loss then becomes an average heat loss rate which can be used for any heat-up period. For the operating condition the approach to the problem is as follows: 1. Example: A welded steel tank with flat roof. 86-3 . ft. 97-1 Note that the heating surface requirement for maintaining the operating condition. L L 5.080 Btu/hr. 1 Bare tank. 144 sq. is to calculate the wall and surface losses encountered for 1 hour and divide this value by two.720 Btu/hr. sq. the approach to the problem would be as follows: 1. 1” = 119. ft.) = 150°F No. 2 No. 78-1 = 15 (middle range for heating viscous products. 79. Bottom losses are ignored unless the tank is elevated. sq. ft.14)(100) QI = 60. under design conditions and natural convection. 86-1 select the heat loss U for bare tank and the product correction factor.028.11 ft. W = 413 sq. This area that does not contribute to the wall losses should be considered in the initial calculation to eliminate the guess work otherwise required afterwards in accounting for this fact.8 = 7.478 Btu/hr. 2 For attachment to outside surface of tank. The length of each PLATECOIL can be selected arbitrarily.8 In Applications No. area 342. Δt = 250°F (Steam temp. ft. . 4 Ap = Ap = Ap = Ap = 1. using heat transfer mastic.2)(100) = 1. the vapor space correction factor. = 26. Therefore. line 20).14 Ap (15)(150) = 342. it would be desirable to install four banks of two PLATECOIL each. °F UI = 0. No.14 Btu/hr. 2 and No.42)(100) + (804)(2.2 QB =(As .Ap)(UBs)(Δt) + (Ar)(UBr)(Δt) QB = (3519 .478 Btu/hr. Considering size 22” x 131” with 45. ft. = 4.6” 10 Ui (inside tank).14)(100) = 60.) CALCULATION OF THE PLATECOIL SURFACE AREA: The PLATECOIL surface area for the above four conditions is obtained by the formula A= Q = sq. As (wall area) = π diameter x height = π x 32 x 35 = 3519 sq.48 or 8 45. A general rule here is to divide the circumference in inches by a whole number which will result in a length of PLATECOIL equal to or slightly less than a standard length. 78-1.242 Ap (15)(150) 60. 3 No. Thus. (π)(32 ft. so there will be no wall losses from these areas. sq. sq. . ft.478 (20)(150) 1. only the companion plate area is considered when selecting the PLATECOIL sizes.42)(100) + (804)(2.8 sq.Ap)(0. Length of PLATECOIL = (π)(32)12 .028.522 (20)(150) 60. Ap = Required PLATECOIL surface area Δt = product temperature . 1 For internal heating. ft.71 OUTDOOR STORAGE TANK HEATING (CONT’D) Heat Required: Since this is a holding application.) .4 QI = (As+Ar-Ap)(UI)(Δt) = (3519 + 804 . For temperature uniformity and piping economy. 4 part of the tank wall will be covered by PLATECOIL (Ap). ft. this length should be fairly long for economic reasons.7 sq. Ar (roof area) = πr2 = π x 162 = 804 sq. °F Selecting PLATECOIL Sizes: No. No.7 sq.478 . (See discussion following the table. 1 No. from Fig. = 49 in. This is. Refer also to item 7 of the discussion on pg.1” whole number In this case. ft. From the tables UBS (side walls) = 4. Style 70 PLATECOIL would be appropriate. the heat required is that to overcome the losses through the side walls and top. ft. Using formula Q = (A)(U)(Δt) solve for Q (bare tank) and Q (insulated tank). No. °F UBr (vapor space under roof) = 4. Allowance of approximately 1” between each PLATECOIL should be made for expansion and pulling the PLATECOIL tight against the tank wall.2 sq. A general formula can be set up for determining the needed total width (W) of PLATECOIL for completely ringing the storage tank.0°F = 100°F From Fig. ft.242 Ap No. ft. ft.Ap)(2. = 412. spaced at 90 degree intervals. Since only the companion plate side (flat side) of the PLATECOIL is in contact with the tank.2 Btu/hr.1 QB = (As)(UBS) (Δt) + (Ar)(UBr)(Δt) QB = (3519)(2.4 x 0.55 = 2.522 Btu/hr. line 5 = 20.2)(100) QB = 1.55 = 2. and U for an insulated tank.028.design ambient temperature = 100°F .14 Ap PLATECOIL. B I Uo (for PLATECOIL clamped to outside of tank) from Fig. rolled to fit outer diameter of the tank.028. W= Ap Tank circumference in feet Therefore.3 QI = (As + Ar)(UI)(Δt) QI = 3519 + (804)(0. however.) .522 . = 20. using mid range. Length of PLATECOIL = Circumference in inches .8 sq.100°F (holding temp. single embossed PLATECOIL are generally used.4 x 0. (U)(Δt) Two 26” wide PLATECOIL will provide the necessary total width and coverage.522 Btu/hr.42 Btu/hr. No. Therefore. circulating pump protected by screens. It would be more logical to use several PLATECOIL spaced apart and located near the tank wall. These operations are ususally conducted in industrial spray washers which may consist of from one to eight stages. experience dictates that more area should be used to obtain good heat distributon. In calculating PLATECOIL surface area for these conditions it is desirable to reduce the applicable U value by 25 to 50% to ensure reasonable service life before descaling is required. shows the approximate factors applicable to this type of installation. No. it is desirable under these conditions to completely ring the tank with 12” wide PLATECOIL. To check if this PLATECOIL arrangement provides enough heating surface. refer to page 12.2 sq. with other losses also somewhat smaller. ventilation and belt or monorail conveyor to carry the work. Heat lost to exhaust ventilation air. ft. ft. surface treatment such as phosphatizing. Heat to raise work load to operating temperature. Exhaust ventilation ducts are provided to keep the hot vapors within the canopy from spreading into the surrounding area. conforming as nearly as practical to the shape of the parts being processed. of heating surface can readily be supplied by one Style 70 PLATECOIL 22” x 71. based on wide experience. an estimated temperature drop due to spraying. surface area (refer to page 12). 10 PLATECOIL 119” long will form a complete circumferential ring. Usually. The entrance and exit ends of the canopy have openings. Much lower evaporation losses will occur at operating temperatures of 120°F to 140°F than at 180°F to 200°F. the suggested arrangement would be 10 Style 70E or 80E single embossed Multi-Zone PLATECOIL 12” x 119. but through experience it has been found that more area should be used to give better heat distribution because the area required cannot be economically dispersed throughout the entire tank. For efficient solution heating. SPRAY WASHER APPLICATIONS FOR METAL FINISHING Many metal working operations involve spray cleaning. It is also desirable to use a good heat transfer mastic for maximum efficiency. (a) Air entering silhouettes and heated (b) Evaporative cooling effect of moisture 3. each stage normally having a solution storage tank. Four Style 70 PLATECOIL 12” x 71” would be a better selection in this case for more uniform heat distribution. Calculating the operating heat requirements by the above steps entails much information which ordinarily is not readily available. ft. 4 In this instance. see page 24.2 sq. No. The following table. Heat lost through tank and canopy walls. The tank is normally larger than the canopy or spray chamber. See page 46. usually with an extension on one side in which the pump screens and suction box are located. Thus. ft. However. Style 70E or 80E Multi-Zone PLATECOIL would usually be selected for applications of this type.8 sq. several smaller PLATECOIL equaling the total area requirement could be used. Selection of PLATECOIL for the various heated stages of the spray washer is usually controlled by the operating heat requirements rather than the heat-up requirements. As in No. Many spray washers include stages for phosphatizing or other solutions which tend to cause scale accumulation on the PLATECOIL surface. of heating surface is required. to include all these losses. 26. one PLATECOIL in a tank of this size would not supply uniform heat distribution. = 424 sq. especially on larger machines and in stages such as phosphatizing where access for cleaning may be desirable. PLATECOIL for heating the solution. PLATECOIL can be located in this tank extension. spray piping and nozzles.72 DETAILED HEATING CALCULATIONS (CONT’D) Therefore. Operating temperatures of the spray stages are important factors in heat losses. ft. Operating heat requirements include the following: 1. 2. . or rinsing. In conclusion. the PLATECOIL selection would be 20 Style 70E or 80E single embossed Multi-Zone PLATECOIL 26” x 119”. 3 The requirement of 20. length rolled to fit the tank.7 sq.” length rolled to fit the tank. GENERAL NOTE: A convenient method of installing clampon PLATECOIL is by use of mounting lugs. Theoretically. known as silhouettes. In many cases. Size and shape of the tank and the canopy will control the length and arrangement of PLATECOIL to best accomplish this result. is commonly used. Note that nominal sizes are used when ordering or describing PLATECOIL widths.” which has 24. 4. 3. From this 20 x 21. Heat to raise temperature of make-up water. canopy to enclose the spray chamber. it is important to locate the PLATECOIL in a manner to obtain the maximum velocity across the surface as the solution moves towards the pump suction screen. A= Q = (U)(ΔtL) 774. )( )( )( )=1. The canopy is average size.550 Btu/hr . Mean temperature = 175. ft.500 (160)(50°F) = 96. 10 to 20 ft. should . or a 22” x 95” PLATECOIL will supply the necessary heating capacity. therefore Heat loss from water surface = (14. Solution temperature = 180°F.) . may have a controlling influence on the installed heating capacity to maintain a specified temperature. from water surface at various water temperatures and air velocities with air temperature at 60°F. )( . 73-1 Temperature Drop Due To Spraying For 160 . needed for even a 1 hr heat-up (provided the exhaust was off during heat-up). 86-3 gives the heat loss in Btu/sq.550 = 52.. ft.190°F Operating For 120 . assume an air velocity of 10 fps over the water surface instead of still air.. The solution operating temperature is 180°F using steam at 50 psig. 73-1) Q=( . Referring to Fig. A= Q (U)(ΔtL) Select U = 175 from Fig. gr. Fig. = 1).5 = 750 gal.500 Btu/hr. The tank is 4’ x 10’ x 3’ deep with 2 1/2’ solution depth. Fig. What PLATECOIL area is required? 1. approx. 65. The second calculation shows that the operating requirements are greater than the requirements for tank heat-up. (a) Liquid volume = 4 x 10 x 2.) = 700.124. PLATECOIL area of 52. (a) This being the first stage. EFFECT OF AIR MOVEMENT ON HEATING REQUIREMENTS FOR OPEN TANKS The velocity of air over the surface of an open tank containing a water base solution.600 Btu/hr. ft.175. 80-1.5°F A = 1.600) (48 sq. (Fig. Since operating heat requirements normally dictate the required heating surface. 774. ΔtL may be considered as the arithmetic mean temperature since the temperature change is small. (Sp. Before spraying can start the solution must be heated from 60°F to 180°F in 1 hr. )( . the air velocity may be relatively high. Heat absorbed by work = 27. ft.8 sq. has a spray rate of 250 gpm.100 Btu/hr. Two Style 90D carbon steel 22” x 83” will adequately supply the requirements.124. per second. ft. . other conditions the same as stated.155°F Operating Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature Hoods 6’ H x 3’ W or Smaller Hoods Larger than 6’ H x 3’W First and last stages Intermediate stages Single stage (two silhouettes) 6°F to 10°F drop 4°F to 8°F drop 8°F to 15°F drop 3°F to 7°F drop 3°F to 6°F drop 5°F to 9°F drop 8°F to 12°F drop 4°F to 10°F drop 10°F to 15°F drop 4°F to 8°F drop 3°F to 6°F drop 6°F to 10°F drop Example: The first stage of a spray washer. 2. the requirements should be determined as previously discussed./hr. about 5’ high by 2’ wide. (b) Calculate PLATECOIL area by equation (2). the required PLATECOIL area is about 31 sq.190°F Operating For 120 . The example with a 200°F temperature and a 10 fps exhaust velocity is high but does show that exhaust air velocity must be considered. Return spray temperature = 171°F.5°F = 122. ft.600 Btu/hr. .) Fig.800 Btu/hr. 78-1 based on reasonable solution velocity and average surface fouling. 175 x 122. (b) Using 50 psig. 86-3. ft. page 70.6 sq. Example: In the example. pg. In the case of plating and other solutions giving off dangerous fumes. be supplied.5 sq. a temperature drop of 9°F appears logical for 180°F operating temperature. Heat loss from tank walls = 46. using an alkali solution.155°F Operating For 160 .5°F.5 This area now exceeds the 68.5 sq.73 SPRAY WASHER APPLICATIONS FOR METAL FINISHING (CONT’D. The PLATECOIL area for tank heat-up should first be determined. Δt = 298°F (steam temp.. .5 x 7. the surface heat loss at 200°F is 14. Temperature Per Sq.5) Solution: 1. from which Δt is determined as 9. can be easily accomplished using the charts and examples.33 lb. it is desirable to install the PLATECOIL vertically. Cooling Water Inlet Holding Removed Per Sq. The flow rate per PLATECOIL is. when water is utilized as the coolant.8 sq.000 x 3. °F Watts GPM/Sq.648 Btu/hr. 74-1 HOLDING TEMPERATURE IN PLATING SOLUTIONS./gal. L PLATECOIL area. ft. ft. the PLATECOIL should be connected in parallel. Entering the table at 60°F cooling water and 120°F solution temperature.000 1440 = 20.8 50 140 7900 850 .8)(. 82-1). A = Q (Formula 2) (U)(ΔtL) U = 100 (Fig. Water Temp. Removed Ft. Cooling Solution Btu/hr. ft.6 70 140 5900 NOTE: The above table is based on a U value of 100 Btu/hr. Determine number and size of PLATECOIL to supply the requirements. which is to be maintained at 70°F during operation. (6°F)(1) 54. ht. 109. In order to obtain the temperature conditions shown by Fig. 74-2. 74-2 70°F 13°F 57°F 70°F 7°F 63°F HOW TO USE THE TABLE (FIG. A Style 60D PLATECOIL 22” x 71 “ provides 24.648 = 54. or 1440 Watts/sq. Q = 96. containing a 15% sulfuric acid solution air agitated. Page 84 gives more complete pressure drop data.2 70 100 1400 1140 . 349. of cooling surface.74 PLATECOIL FOR COOLING APPLICATIONS GENERAL COOLING CALCULATIONS Determining the amount of PLATECOIL surface area necessary to cool water base solutions in an open tank. Cooling water is available at an average temperature of 57°F. in this case 13°F. of coolant hr. ft.5 60 120 4900 2020 . ft. Determine the size of PLATECOIL required to hold 120°F operating temperature using 60°F cooling water.7 60 140 6900 410 . 14 3. Air agitation produced some solution movement over the PLATECOIL ΔtL = 9.413 Btu/whr = 327. For tanks requiring more than 30 sq.608 lbs. Divide input by PLATECOIL capacity to obtain the required PLATECOIL area.8 gpm. 74-1) Example: Maximum current input into a 4’x 6’x 4’ liquid level Cyanide Copper plating bath is 30. Serpentine type PLATECOIL are normally used. ft.8 sq. °F for an agitated watery solution and a cooling water temperature rise of approximately 20°F through the PLATECOIL. total water rate (8. For small temperature differences between initial cooling water and the solution.000 watts. 1140 .4 50 100 3900 1730 . PLATECOIL Area For cooling applications. the maximum practical length is 71”. rise x sp. Btu liberated/hr. 2.) For most efficient operation.4 gpm cooling water.9 = 13. sq. several smaller PLATECOIL may be desirable.5) = 10.000 watts. the final water temperature becomes 63°F and temperature differences of 13°F and 7°F are obtained. utilizing (20. (100)(9.1. 12-1. is noted. a PLATECOIL capacity of 4900 Btu/hr. Assuming a 6°F rise.9 sq. Heat input. it is necessary to assume the temperature rise of the water circulating through the PLATECOIL. ft. COOLING WITH WATER Example: An anodizing application uses a plastic lined tank 30’ x 4’ x 7’ deep. 78-1).6 50 120 5900 2320 . of coolant 327. sq.4 70 120 3900 1730 . Generally city water pressure will supply adequate cooling water for a Style 60 or 50 PLATECOIL up to about 30 sq. direct current. DETAILED COOLING CALCULATIONS When applications require the calculation of precise amounts of PLATECOIL surface area the following examples will indicate the procedures which should be utilized./hr. Select the appropriate PLATECOIL size from the area table Fig. Fig. or 4000 x 24 = 96. Assume that all of the heat input has to be removed in order to maintain the specified 70°F.3 60 100 2900 1440 . The heat which has to be dissipated is supplied by the electrical input. . = lb. Area = 327.5°F per Fig 82. Fig.3= 7. Ft.5°F (Fig. experience indicates about one-half this difference will be picked up by the water.)(60 min. Temp. A 22” x 59” PLATECOIL will do the job. In the deep tank of this application. The anodizing is accomplished by means of an electrical input of 4000 amps at 24 volts.648 = 349.608 = 109.3 gpm. A= 30. Ft. ft.9 or 14 PLATECOIL 24. therefore.8 To find the cooling water required. In this case the refrigerant temperature should not be lower than about 30°F. Fig. 75-1 Temperature Relationships Referring to Fig. In sizing Serpentine PLATECOIL for refrigeration service. PLATECOIL life is further increased by connecting them as the cathode of the electrical circuit.266 Btu/hr. Refer to page 62 for additional comments on PLATECOIL for refrigeration. A tank 4’ x 2’ x 2 1/2’ deep is available for installing the PLATECOIL and through which the wine will flow. ht. (35)(25) Serpentine type PLATECOIL are preferable for refrigeration applications as they provide positive refrigerant distribution and are free from the possibility of short circuiting. it may be necessary to adjust the number and size of the PLATECOIL to give a pressure drop satisfactory for the specific application.266 Btu/hr. there will be no pressure drop problem with the 22” x 35” Style 50D PLATECOIL selected above. the refrigeration capacity must be checked from a pressure drop standpoint. Total PLATECOIL area. has an allowable maximum refrigerating loading of 14. NOTE: Current carrying bars are desirable if the load exceeds 850 watts/sq. a pressure drop considerably above 10 psi is obtained. Since the actual loading is only 9. 65 where: U = 35 (Fig. If.9 and sp. 7 or 8 Style 50 PLATECOIL.. one side only.3. 80-1) is: A = 774. The temperature relations applying to this problem are shown in Fig. Refrigeration capacity required: 774. there is danger of water content freezing out onto the PLATECOIL if the refrigerant temperature is too low. = 1. Once a size is selected. In some cases it may be necessary to revise the initial PLATECOIL selection so that a larger number of smaller PLATECOIL can be used in order to avoid excessive pressure drop. This drop is not excessive and may be considered satisfactory for this application. by equation (2) pg. 22” x 35” will provide the calculated cooling surface and can be installed readily in the tank. in similar problems. a Style 50 or 60. gr.130 = 84. 75-1. Tranter type 316L stainless steel PLATECOIL are giving satisfactory service provided the solution temperature is not permitted to rise much above 70°F. ft. In this case. .750 = 48. It is important to realize that the capacities in Fig. While it is desirable to have as large a temperature differential as possible between the chilled liquid and the refrigerant. not only to prevent freeze out but also for good efficiency of compressor operation. for R-12 at 30°F with the PLATECOIL immersed in a watery solution. Advantage is thereby taken of “cathodic protection” and reduces the need for additional cathode area in the form of lead or stainless sheets. ft. 22” x 143”. of PLATECOIL. It is always good policy to cooperate closely with the refrigeration contractor when PLATECOIL are to be used in the refrigeration system. it is necessary to choose a size that will result in a reasonable refrigerant pressure drop.03.675 Btu/hr. are sp. 90-1 relate to pressure drop only and in no way replace the calculations involving A= Q (U)(ΔtL) 80°F 50°F 30°F 40°F 10°F 30°F By referring to Fig. The capacity factor of a 22” x 35” is 3.130 = 9.5 psi. so that the maximum allowable loading for this size is 3.3 x 14. 84-1. = 0. the pressure drop across each PLATECOIL is found to be approximately 6. similar to water) ΔtL= 25 (from Fig.5 psig. 76-1. 90-1.75 DETAILED COOLING CALCULATIONS (CONT’D. per PLATECOIL 8 COOLING WITH REFRIGERANTS Example: Determine the number of PLATECOIL and refrigerating requirements to cool sherry wine from 80°F to 40°F at the rate of 4 gpm.750 Btu/hr. In anodizing applications involving sulfuric acid solutions. 96-1. The average physical properties of wines.7 sq.) Heat extracted per hour is: By reference to Fig. during idle periods as well as during operation. using direct expansion R12. 90-3 it is noted that the R-12 pressure within the PLATECOIL (suction pressure) should be controlled to approximately 28. Fig. page 90. By referring to page 84. 2. 83-1. Counter Flow . temp. .5 x 3 = 16. each bank consisting of 7 PLATECOIL installed in parallel. a 20°F min. consider minimum of fouling and reasonable water velocity) A = 749. money-saving energy recovery is provided in the following example: Example: Waste dye liquor is discharged at an average rate of 3000 gph = 50 gpm./lb. 55 hr.3 sq./wk. Two types of heat exchanger systems are considered: (1) co-current flow and (2) counter flow. ht.00/1000 lb. can be used.14 gpm 7 Reference to page 84 shows the pressure drop to be approximately 5.°F ΔtL (from Fig.33)(140°F . by ratio = ($6. Closer Δt’s. 76-3 has proven effective in service. The flow rate in each PLATECOIL is 50/6 = 8. Co-Current Flow . This is a reasonable value. In the installation. ft. the estimated economics of heat recovery for heating make-up water. Six Style 50D or 60D PLATECOIL 18” x 131” will supply the required surface area.700 . Economics. The PLATECOIL should be connected in parallel and installed in a sump or other container. an arrangement of PLATECOIL similar to Fig. 82-1) = 43 Q = (3000)(8. Local boiler plant produces steam at $5. City water for make-up available at 60°F and 60 psig. Fig.50 approx. 76-2 Temperature Relationships for Counter Flow 140°F 30°F 110°F 90°F 30°F 60°F Δt in this case is 30°F U = 75 (as in previous example) Q = (3000)(8.500 = 555.A 30°F Δt is commonly used.33)(1)(1) (140°F . The respective temperature curves are shown in Fig.249. The amount of heat transfer surface necessary to provide efficient.312. both size and pressure drop per PLATECOIL should be considered.500) = $10.76 PLATECOIL FOR ENERGY RECOVERY APPLICATIONS HEAT RECOVERY FROM WASTE LIQUIDS PLATECOIL finds wide use in a variety of steam-toliquid and liquid-to-liquid heat recovery applications.312.) = $10.500 Btu/hr. ft. particularly for textile waste heat recovery. the cost by this method would be: (750. considering that city water is available at 60 psig. A flow rate of 50 gpm is passing through the system. U = 75 (using Serpentine type PLATECOIL Fig. gr. 749.50)(1. Desired. therefore.33 gpm.000)($5. three banks are connected in series giving a total pressure drop of 5./yr./yr. 75 x 30 sp. 76-3 Counter Flow PLATECOIL Arrangement For this type of application Serpentine construction should be selected. Avg.700 Btu/hr. of course. end temperature differential between the discharge and make-up water is considered practical. Work week. and the 50 gpm of make-up water will be heated from 60°F to 90°F. (1000)(1000 Btu avg.249. 76-1 140°F 80°F 60°F Temperature Relationships for Co-Current Flow 110°F 20°F 90°F If the alternative for heating the make-up water is by use of live steam. The sketch shows 3 banks connected in series./yr.90°F) = 1.700 = 232.For the temperatures involved.50 approx. = 140°F. 75 x 43 In counter flow operation. it is found that in this instance 21 Style 60D PLATECOIL 18” x 95” will supply the required surface area. = 1 sp.)(50 wk. A = 1. 76-1.187. = 1 Btu/lb. The respective temperature curves are shown in Fig.249. 1. the pressure drop through each PLATECOIL is found to be approximately 10 psi which is entirely satisfactory for this application. the flow rate per PLATECOIL in each band is: 50 = 7. In determining the number of PLATECOIL to use. Fig. 76-2. By balancing PLATECOIL size against reasonable pressure drop. because of its design versatility and heat transfer capability.5 psi per PLATECOIL. Fig.110°F) = 749.00)(55 hr.5 psi.) The amortization period is dependent upon cost of installation and whether mild steel or stainless steel PLATECOIL are selected.5 sq. 4. To summarize. When using header type PLATECOIL. final approach temperature may be assumed within as little as 2°F of each other. Fig. For any conditions. 2. Fig. Do not expect them to meet. This matter is discussed briefly in the example of a cooling problem on page 74. 6. From this figure the necessary temperature drop to transfer Btu load can be determined.77 IMPORTANT POINTS TO REMEMBER CONDITIONS AFFECTING TEMPERATURE RISE OR DROP FOR LIQUIDS FLOWING THROUGH PLATECOIL In most calculations involving liquid heat transfer media flowing through PLATECOIL. NOTE: These comments cover temperature rise or drop assumptions only. 77-2 PLATECOIL bank for heat recovery. the temperature rise (or drop) may be taken as 1/2 the difference between the heating or cooling media inlet temperature and the product outlet temperature. In some cases an available flow rate will be given. 77-1 PLATECOIL units for heat transfer surface in agitated vessels and reactors. This will also serve as a check to determine whether or not the available flow rate is adequate. the inlet temperature is given and the outlet temperature must be assumed. 88-3 shows that 100°F temperature drops with HTHW are practical as assumptions. Further. be sure to design for counter flow and figure Δt accordingly. If temperatures must cross. 3. When Δt’s are small. 5. Fig. L Fig. general guides may be set forth as follows: 1. Pressure drop must also be checked from flow rates required. 88-3 shows temperature drop test data with High Temperature Hot Water (HTHW) flowing through PLATECOIL. do not expect quite as much temperature change through the PLATECOIL as with Serpentine. The above conditions were considered in the design of the PLATECOIL shown in the photos. . With heat transfer 30-40 20-30 mastic 21. Convect. Ammonia (flooded) Watery solution 70-80 CLAMP-ON PLATECOIL • WATER AND SOLVENTS Heating Cooling 20.78 Platecoil Heat Transfer Design Data AVERAGE OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER COEFFICIENTS U= Btu/hr. Through extensive laboratory tests and accumulated field experience. Convect. Water Air or gases 60-50-40 18. The selection of a specific U value. 78-1. page 67. Steam 6. Steam 8. ht.) 19. Steam 7. a range of U values. 78-1. 78-1 HEATING APPLICATIONS HOT SIDE 1. Steam COLD SIDE Watery solution Light oils Medium lube oil Bunker C or #6 fuel oil Tar or asphalt Molten sulphur Molten paraffin Air or gases Molasses or corn syrup Watery solutions Tar or asphalt 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 90-80-70 PLATECOIL STYLE CLEAN SURFACE DESIGN COEFFICIENTS Considering COEFFICIENTS Usual Fouling in this Service Nat. should be governed by one or more of the following factors: . applicable to PLATECOIL. ft. ** For low velocity air or gas. one or two hour heat-up problems. The example explains that this conservative U of 150 is such that wall and surface losses may be ignored for steam to water. Freon or ammonia (dir. °F (For Immersed or as Integral Vessel Jackets) Fig. Steam 4. Steam 3. Convect. which require calculation of losses. Without heat transfer 15-25 10-20 mastic 70-100 10-15 8-12 7-10 2-4 35-45 90-160 25-45 20-30 18-26 5-10 60 . Water Medium lube oil 60-50-40 16. This greatly simplifies calculation of these problems. 88-2. This is near the middle of the 125-225 range shown in line 1 for design coefficients. Therminol Tar or asphalt 60-50-40 COOLING APPLICATIONS COLD SIDE HOT SIDE 13. has been established for a variety of typical applications. Convect. When figuring longer heat-up periods.90 50-80 7-10 5-8 4-7 1-3 20-35 80-140 15-25 10-20 8-15 4-8 40-60 — 100-175 VISCOUS PRODUCTS Heating Cooling 10-20 5-12 6-12 3-8 — 100-175 AIR AND GASES** Heating Cooling 1-3 13 1-3 1-3 * See curves on page 86 for more detailed data. natural convection in Fig. 250-500 300-550 125-225 150-275 50-70 110-140 40-45 60-110 40-60 100-130 25-40 50-100 20-40 70-90 10-30 60-80 15-35 35-45 35-45 2-4* 20-40 80-100 12-30 15-30 50-70 60-80 45-55 5 10* 70-90 100-225 45-65 50-60 15-25 4-15 25-35 I-3* 15-30 70-100* 10-20 12-20 40-60 50-70 40-50 4-8 60-80 110-160* 30-50 30-50 10. calls attention to a number of factors that influence the value to be assigned this coefficient for a specific application. Forc. The improved efficiency of the Multi-Zone PLATECOIL design results in a conservative basic U value for steam heated. U. Steam 2. as presented in Fig. Water Quench oil 60-50-40 15. • Clamp-on PLATECOIL should be used only for holding conditions. hot water 60-50-40 11. High temp. Nat. Steam 9. sq. watery solutions in open tanks of 150. Water Molasses or corn 60-50-40 syrup 17. DO NOT use for heat up or cool down except in moderate requirement situations and with calculated area doubled as a safety factor. This higher U value is used for the Quick Selection Chart on page 80 and is also discussed in the example on page 80. then U of 160 is generally used. High temp. Forc. Water solution 60-50 expan. within the range shown in the table for a given type of service. transfer 60-50-40 oil 12. open tank. Water Watery solution 60-50-40 14. At higher velocities U values will increase to about 50% of Fig. Steam 5. SELECTION OF OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER U VALUES The discussion on the overall heat transfer coefficient. Clamp-on PLATECOIL general U values are given in line 20 and 21 of Fig. or velocity. Corn syrup presents a case of high viscosity. 7. On page 96 it will be observed that the viscosity of corn syrup increases rapidly as its temperature decreases. specific heat and thermal conductivity of the solution are known. Thermal conductivity (k) and specific heat: Generally. The original clean surface of the PLATECOIL is not usually retained over extended service. (b) “Design Coefficients” take into account normal fouling and other operating variables and introduce a reasonable factor of safety into the calculations. 78-1. due to its lower viscosity at the higher temperature. See page 46 for further comments. the steam pressure used affects the rate of heat transfer. In installations using plastic or lead covered PLATECOIL. the applicable U value should be multiplied by a factor of 0. a higher U value should be realized in holding Bunker C fuel oil at 150°F than when holding it at 80°F. or that have unusually high viscosities. the greater will be the rate of circulation and a correspondingly higher U value may be used. For liquids known to produce heavy fouling such as phosphatizing solutions. For high flow rates. a representative U value can be selected for the various applications listed in Fig. viscosity. With higher steam pressures. This applies also to clamp-on on glass lined vessels. When steam pressures of less than approximately 15 psig entering the PLATECOIL are likely with steam to watery solutions. The circulation rate. special consideration should be given to solutions that have the capacity to produce heavy scale or other fouling. of the solution being heated or cooled has a direct influence on heat tranfer and on the U value selected. an approximate U value can be assigned if the density. By referring to a material in Fig. If the problem were to cool this material from 160°F to 40°F. location of PLATECOIL in the tank. 9. by agitation or recirculation. the better the heat transfer. using tap water as the coolant. In selecting U values. viscosity and thermal conductivity of the liquid affect the rate at which the fluid will circulate by natural convection. the U values there specified may be used with resonable accuracy. U values in the lower range would be selected. whether for heating or for cooling. (a) Natural Convection: Steam pressure. the low side of the coefficient range should be chosen. 6. 2. 78-1. will somewhat correct the above situation as well as greatly reduce the cooling time. U values in the upper range may be selected. a U value in the low range should be selected. The temperature at which a high viscosity liquid is held also affects the rate of heat transfer. 5. Viscosity: High viscosity liquids are more difficult to heat than those of low viscosity.79 SELECTION OF OVERALL HEAT TRANSFER U VALUES (CONT’D.) 1. Tests have shown that regardless of the heat tranfer conditions 40 is about the maximum U that can be obtained with clamp-on. In general. the higher the thermal conductivity and specific heat of the solution. it is desirable to hold the PLATECOIL size to a maximum of approximately 50 sq. the greater the temperature difference between the heat transfer surface and the solution. with corresponding effect on the U value selected. To compensate for this situation. therefore: (a) “Clean Surface” coefficients should be used with caution and only when it is known that the type of solution involved does not cause corrosion or other types of fouling during use.75. Attention has previously been called to phosphatizing solutions. Steam Pressure: For a given installation. For solutions not listed. 4. (b) Forced Convection: The rate at which the solution is circulated across the surface of the PLATECOIL has a direct influence on the U value selected. 3. 8. ft. If due consideration is given to the factors mentioned. higher values in the range of coefficients may be used. appreciably reducing its effective heat transfer. The use of Tranter “quick change” hangers assures the proper PLATECOIL location with respect to the tank wall. 78-1 having somewhat comparable physical properties. it would be found that as the temperature decreases a viscous film collects on the PLATECOIL surface. Maintaining a high liquid velocity over the cooling surface. As a result. As an example. . 6. 80-1 QUICK SELECTION CHARTS Quantity of Solution Heated Per sq.2 sq. ft. heated per sq. Multiply by 47. ft. 81-1 at 100 psig. ft. move upward to the curve for 180°F. condensate per hour. ft. Follow it vertically to the curve for 180°F operating temperature. then left to read 31. For such cases. to obtain 1595 lb. Calculate solution volume: V = 10’x 5’x 4’ = cu. of PLATECOIL.48. The tank measures 10’x 5’x 5’ and the solution depth is 4’. condensate per hour and 678. (b) Dividing the lb. of PLATECOIL. move upward to the curve for 180°F. ft. 1. 5. ft.5 lb. For conditions not covered by Fig. of PLATECOIL needed to heat a watery solution from 60°F to 180°F in one hour with steam at 100 psig. determine pounds of steam condensed. Enter the bottom of Fig.8 4. This method should not be used for heat-up times longer than 2 hours. For a 2-hour heat-up the figures in the example would be 797. use the method on page 70 under Precautions for Long Heat-Up . = 1500 gallons. ft. Multiply by 47. ft. 81-1. of PLATECOIL. heated per sq. enter the bottom of Fig. and the PLATECOIL area needed would be only 23. To find Btu per hour for determining PLATECOIL rating. condensate per hour (result of step 5) and Btu per hour (result of step 6) by the ratio of heat-up times. ft. 89-1. or move right and read 4.24 31. ft. NOTE: These charts can be used for heat-up times other than one hour by: (a) Multiplying the gallons or cu.8 gal. Divide result of step (1) by result of step (2) to obtain PLATECOIL AREA = 200 or 1500 = 47. 4. ft. heated figure would be 63.ft.24 cu. ft.2 sq. figures by the ratio of the heat-up time.80 The charts on this page and page 81 are based on U = 150 Btu/hr. °F Fig. the cubic feet heated figure would be 8. simply divide the Btu/hr. 3. 12-1 page 12. condensate per hour per sq. 6. In the above example.860 Btu per hour. enter bottom of Fig. ft. Also. To find pounds of steam condensed for trap sizing and boiler load. ft. for a 2-hour heat-up the gal. Either a 26” x 119” or a 29” x 107” PLATECOIL will do the job.) 2. heated per sq. load by the latent heat of vaporization for steam found in Fig. of PLATECOIL. vs. move horizontally to the left and read: 31. From this intersection. (This is equivalent to 200 x 7. to obtain a rating of 1. Select the appropriate size style 90 PLATECOIL from Fig.6 sq.930 Btu per hour.2 sq.800 Btu per hour per sq./cu.5 gal.357. 81-2 at 100 psig. 80-1 at the line for 100 psig steam pressure. Steam Pressure BASED ON ONE HOUR HEAT UP TIME (FROM 60°F) EXAMPLES: ILLUSTRATING THE USE OF THE QUICK SELECTION CHARTS Determine the total sq.8 lb. sq. ft. then left read 33. ) POUNDS CONDENSATE VERSUS STEAM PRESSURE Fig. See example on page 80. BTU VS. STEAM PRESSURE Fig. capacity data. 81-1 For sizing temperature controls and traps and checking boiler load. 81-2 For Btu/hr. .81 QUICK SELECTION CHARTS (cont’d. 100°F 60°F T. page 68. 20°F. as in Figure 82-2. If the terminal temperature conditions are represented by two curves. Applying these temperature differences to the above chart. 36°F. This intersect. L L L Solution: Enter the graph at the larger temperature difference of 60°F on the base line and rise vertically to intersect the line which represents the smaller temperature difference. The application where water at 60°F is used to hold the temperature of a plating solution at 120°F. . when read on the vertical scale (either the left or right side) gives the Δt or. 82-2 120°F SOLUTION 120°F 20°F T.D. the water is raised to 100°F while passing through the PLATECOIL. it is necessary to determine the Δt . L Fig. For heat transfer calculations.D. in this case. is greatly reduced by the use of the above chart. 82-1 For heating or cooling applications Explanation The work involved in calculating Δt by equation (5). 60°F NOTE: This chart is applicable for degrees Fahrenheit or degrees Centigrade. the Δt is quickly obtained.82 LOGARITHMIC MEAN TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE CHART Fig. the larger and smaller temperature differences are readily obtained. Handbook. ΔP. In this case it is found to be approximately 13 psig. It is. pg. a Style 60 PLATECOIL 22” x 119” is installed. The curve.) 60.42 = . particularly in the petroleum industry. (1) What is the pressure drop when the water temperature is 70°F? (2) What is the pressure drop when the water temperature is 160°F? (1) Page 84 gives the pressure drops for water at 70°F.)(hr..9 x 10 = 629 . Handbook. (1) If the fluid particles flow in paths parallel to the axis of the pipe.) of the liquid involved. Example: In a PLATECOIL application. the point 629 is located on the 22” x 119” line and projected to the left ordinate which. For liquids having viscosities other than water at 70°F. In the English system.968 To find the corresponding pressure drop for 160°F water. the flow is called laminar./cu.)(sec. is approximately ΔP (gpm)2 2 then ΔP = (. This condition exists only at low velocities and. Measurements by industrial viscometers take into account the density (sp. Such measurements are designated as kinematic viscosity. is when radial components exist together with the fluid motion parallel to the pipe axis and is known as turbulent flow.968 lb. viscosity is frequently expressed as lb. or other enclosure. The metric units of kinematic viscosity corresponding to poises and centipoises are stokes and centistokes. 84-1 and the table in Fig. Fig 85-1 can be used to determine pressure drop for any fluid flowing through Style 60 PLATECOIL provided the physical properties are available. 3rd Ed. The unit of absolute viscosity is the “poise” which is equal to 1 gram/ (cm. therefore. the curves.83 FLUIDS IN MOTION PRESSURE DROP VS. Figure 92-1 provides data for converting from one system to another in kinematic units. 84-2. In the abscissa factor p (gpm) where µ p = 62. Chem.11)(10) = 11 psig 0. for best heat transfer.11 = This illustrates the effects of density and viscosity on pressure drop. flow rate for standard size PLATECOIL using 70°F water.)(hr. The VISCOSITY (µ) of a fluid is the measure of its resistance to flow. Table 46. 83-1 Style 60D PLATECOIL as discussed in the above example. 85-1 should be used. Water flows through the PLATECOIL at 10 gpm.) which equals centipoises times 2. Fig. both viscosity of the liquid as well as rate of flow. Table 7. . NOTE: The pressure drops shown on all curves are nominal. both the density and viscosity of water are lower than at 70°F and for accurate results the pressure drop. either of two general types of motion may occur. (2) At 160°F. Pressure drop for PLATECOIL sizes not shown can readily be obtained by extrapolation. Actual pressure drops may vary dependent upon gauge and style. can be used to calculate pressure drop vs.9 lb. and Seconds Redwood.4 x./(ft. the unit most commonly used is the “centipoise” (0. Other commonly used kinematic units.01 poise). 3rd Ed./(ft. are: Seconds Saybolt Universal (SSU): Seconds Saybolt Furol (SSF). Engr. In considering pressure drop through a PLATECOIL. which is absolute viscosity of a fluid divided by its density at the temperature under consideration.). Engr. An important property that affects the movement of fluids is viscosity. 85-1. necessary to state the temperature at which a given viscosity applies. Fig. The given viscosity must be converted to pounds per foot hour before using these curves.42. which happens to be the viscosity of water at approximately 70°F. FLOW RATE When a fluid flows through a pipe. However. 175. can be calculated from the curves. Fig. is to be avoided if possible. (2) The most important flow condition from the standpoint of good heat transfer. viscous or stream lined. gr. ft.977(1) = 60. (2) Page 96 or Chem. Fig. (1) Density of water at 160°F. 374. The viscosity of all liquids decreases with increase in temperature while for gases the reverse is true.4(2) x 2. without radial components. pg.. µ = 0. in this case. have to be taken into consideration. 02 0.) 22x71 22x83 22x95 22x107 22x119 22x131 22x143 26x23 26x29 26x35 26x47 26x59 26x71 26x83 26x95 26x107 26x119 26x131 26x143 29x23 29x29 29x35 29x47 29x59 29x71 29x83 29x95 29x107 90/70 0.9 1.04 0.04 0.03 0.0 2. 84-2 Size (in.05 0.8 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.12 0.16 0.04 0.04 0.5 1.) 29x119 29x131 29x143 36x23 36x29 36x35 36x47 36x59 36x71 36x83 36x95 36x107 36x119 36x131 36x143 43x23 43x29 43x35 43x47 43x59 43x71 43x83 43x95 43x107 43x119 43x131 43x143 90/70 0.8 0.03 0.22 0.1 1.11 0.17 0.9 1.2 1.06 0.16 0.2 1.04 0.05 0.03 0.23 0.12 0.06 0.17 0.8 1.13 0.7 1.13 0.14 0.14 0.5 1.5 2.3 0.13 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.06 0.20 0.3 1.05 0.06 0.04 0.21 0.19 0.03 0.21 0.15 0.3 1.02 0.04 0.02 0.23 0.04 0.21 0.05 0.19 0.06 0.15 0.16 0.5 1.19 0.7 0.05 0.1 2.0 1.15 0.14 0.6 0.3 2.9 2.0 1.04 0.19 0.06 0.0 3.5 1.5 0.20 80 0.5 2.13 0.02 0.) 12x23 12x29 12x35 12x47 12x59 12x71 12x83 12x95 12x107 12x119 12x131 12x143 18x23 18x29 18x35 18x47 18x59 18x71 18x83 18x95 18x107 18x119 18x131 18x143 22x23 22x29 22x35 22x47 22x59 90/70 0.03 0.13 0.6 0.16 0.8 0.03 0.2 1.1 1.7 0.1 1.03 0.4 0.04 0.23 0.22 0.13 0.5 0.02 0.05 0.9 Size (in.06 0.6 0.9 2.1 1.05 0.24 0.SCF Size (in.06 0.3 1.05 0.7 0.18 0.03 0.0 2.03 0.02 0.6 0.13 0.5 0.7 0.5 1.16 0.20 0.18 0.06 0.04 0.1 1.16 0.9 Size Correction Factors .02 0.8 0.6 1.9 0.20 0.03 0.05 0.6 0.8 3.02 0.18 0.14 0.05 0.16 0.06 0. 84-1 PLATECOIL PRESSURE DROP VS.4 1. .06 0.1 1.4 0.17 0.24 0.17 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.18 0.1 0.3 1.21 0.19 0.15 80 0.6 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.8 2. Shaded boxes indicate 320 headers.0 1.15 9.03 0.8 1.23 0.8 1.3 2.15 0.1 1.15 0.1 1.25 0.6 1.07 0.04 0.04 0.6 0.22 0.15 0.06 0.19 0.04 0.21 0.24 0.13 0.9 0.06 0.04 0.18 0.6 0.24 0.14 0.06 0.13 0.06 0.02 0.4 1.18 0.05 0.4 1.13 0.2 2.04 0.14 0.17 0.04 0.3 0.04 0.22 0.04 0.02 0.14 0.2 3.24 0.23 0.6 0.02 60/50 2.84 Fig.2 1.03 60/50 1.02 0.13 0.13 0.02 0.5 0.04 60/50 0.22 0.5 For single embossed.04 0.07 0. multiply above chart by 7.7 2.22 0.9 1. FLOW RATE FOR WATER AT 70°F FOR 3/4” PASS DOUBLE EMBOSSED PLATECOIL Fig.7 0.23 80 0.20 0.7 1. . 87-1 for Flow Rate vs. PRESSURE DROP FOR VISCOUS FLUIDS FOR STYLE 60D AND STYLE 50D 3/4” PASS SIZE PLATECOIL THIS CURVE SUPPLEMENTS THE CURVES ON PAGE 84. AT 60°F. Velocity. PRESSURE DROP (psi) PER LINEAL FT. 85-2 Note: See Fig. SEE EXAMPLE ON PAGE 82. Style 30 PLATECOIL.85 FLOW RATE VS. OR EQUIVALENT. Details are on page 20 and 21. Pressure drop for single embossed = 7 x double embossed. 85-1 PRESSURE DROP DATA FOR STYLE 30D LARGE PASS SERPENTINE PLATECOIL FOR WATER. Fig. OF PASS Fig. 21 0.22 0.90 0. page 70.13 0.11 0.11 General Range of Δt = 200°F 5.11 0.2 5.18 0.7 6.4 0.1 5.14 0.4 6.7 0.11 0.8 0. 21 26 34 56 60 78 105 170 125 150 210 315 210 240 330 490 320 350 480 710 420 480 670 1000 570 660 930 1350 750 890 1240 1800 970 1150 1600 2400 1260 1510 2100 3200 1600 2000 2700 4050 2100 2600 3700 5200 2900 3550 5000 7200 4000 4950 6900 10300 5700 7000 9760 14600 8100 10000 14000 21000 50 7 33 78 130 205 290 400 550 710 950 1230 1600 2050 2600 3300 4300 18 52 110 180 270 370 500 660 870 1130 1450 1900 2600 3550 5200 7200 95 270 510 780 1150 1600 2200 3000 4000 5300 6900 9100 12500 17500 25600 36600 180 580 1050 1600 2300 3300 4400 6000 8000 10500 13700 18500 25000 35000 50000 72000 Total heat loss rates based on 72°F ambient temperature and still air. by Prof.13 0. 125.14 0.11 0.22 0.90 0.00 1. 86-2 HEAT LOSS FROM SMOOTH SURFACES Fig.21 0. etc. L. 60 F.14 0. Nelson. Fig.14 0.1 0.8 7.80 0.11 0.7 5.50 0.21 0.55 0.11 0.50 0.11 10 15 20 25 30 mph mph mph mph mph General Range of Δt = 60°F 4.5 0.14 0.11 0. sq.11 NOTES: A k value of 0.15 0. sq.20 0. illustrates a typical application of U values in solving storage tank heating problems.21 0. The example.75 0.5 1 2 5 10 20 HEAT LOSS — Btu/hr.13 0.19 0. Calculated from data in Oil and Gas Journal’s “The Refiner’s Notebook.21 0.11 0.°F) Δt = Product temperature minus air temperature.15 0. etc.20 0.11 General Range of Δt = 100°F 4.15 0. .00 1. Apply to uninsulated U values only.23 was used in calculating U for insulated tanks. W.90 0.90 0.60 0.11 0. Relative Humidity.FEET PER SECOND 0. Gases or Vapor spaces Approximate Product Temp.11 0.11 0. Product Watery solutions Gasoline. 86-3 Water Temp °F 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 HEAT LOSS FROM WATER SURFACE AT VARIOUS WATER TEMPERATURES AND AIR VELOCITIES Air Temperatures.15 0.85 0. ft.14 0.60 0. apply to all products without correction. (*) Product correction factors. 70% 0 0 AIR VELOCITY .4 5.70 0. Fig. ft.21 0.14 0.86 HEAT LOSS FOR STORAGE TANKS AND PRODUCT CORRECTION FACTORS Heat loss expressed as U (BTU/hr. Kerosene.50 0.7 6.20 0.21 0.50 HEAT LOSS DATA U values as listed for insulated tanks.21 0.18 0.14 0.15 0.70 0. Tars. 75°F 150°F 250°F 1.80 0. 86-1 Surface Condition (*) Uninsulated 1” Insulation 1 1/2” Insulation 2” Insulation (*) Uninsulated 1” Insulation 1 1/2” Insulation 2” Insulation (*) Uninsulated 1” Insulation 1 1/2” Insulation 2” Insulation Still Air 1.1 0. Light oils Medium oils Heavy oils Asphalts.1 6.65 0.” No.14 0.7 6.1 4.1 5.14 0.00 0.21 0.11 0.10 2.10 2.20 0. 0. and 90.291 sq.0584 ft.87 Fig. 0. 0. VELOCITY Through PLATECOIL Passes For more detailed calculations involving fluid flow and heat transfer the following data are presented.e. Fig. pass cross sections for double and single embossed. . 60. 70. in. Single Embossed 2.0081 ft. 0. 87-2 Double Embossed Wetted perimeter Hydraulic radius Hydraulic diameter 3.3030 in.0322 ft. i.582 and 0. 0. respectively. They apply to styles 50..0146 ft. 87-1 FLOW RATE vs.9952 in. Fig. 88-3 Temperature Drop vs. Velocity HIGH TEMPERATURE HOT WATER U VALUES AND TEMPERATURE DROP DATA High temperature hot water. hot water . on U value . This data supplements page 78 and is useful for applications involving high temperature hot water and for heating air.88 HIGH TEMPERATURE HOT WATER DATA The curves shown on this page are the result of heat transfer tests. Fig. drop of hot water flowing through PLATECOIL vs. 88-1 U Value vs. Velocity . HIGH TEMPERATURE HOT WATER (HTHW) U VALUES FOR HEATING AIR Effect of water flow rate and temp. Velocity Heating air with steam and high temp. 88-2 U Value vs. Temp. flow rate.for heating water flowing at unifom velocity over outside of PLATECOIL.variation of U value with air velocity. Fig. will usually be satisfactory. 1/4 Lb. In Hg Fig.0 17.0 63.0 48. sat.2 4.0 39.5 2./100 Ft.9 4.6 3.3 1.90 0.5 18.0 19.2 3. 40 iron pipe) 30 psig System 150 psig System Drop In Pressure .) 3/4 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 5 6 8 1/4 Lb.0 177.0 43.0 31.5 5.0 75.0 121.5 14./lb.0 22. Ventilating.2 5.8 5.0 0. Air Conditioning Guide 1958.5 8. 31 63 141 219 444 730 1330 2000 2830 5230 8590 17900 From: Heating.5 9. Latent Heat of Evaporation 1037 1023 1014 1007 1001 997 993 989 986 983 980 977 975 972 970 968 965 964 962 961 959 957 956 954 952 945 940 934 929 924 920 915 912 908 905 901 898 895 892 889 886 883 881 876 871 868 866 861 857 853 849 845 841 837 830 823 820 817 811 805 790 776 764 751 728 Thermodynamic Properties of Saturated Steam Total Heat of Steam 1105 1116 1122 1127 1131 1134 1137 1139 1141 1143 1145 1146 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1160 1163 1167 1170 1172 1174 1176 1177 1179 1180 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1192 1193 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1197 1198 1199 1199 1200 1201 1201 1202 1203 1204 1204 1204 1205 1204 1203 SPECIFIC VOLUME cu.3 2.75 1. Note: While the pressure drop to use depends on individual circumstances. . P. Length 1 Lb.Lb.0 36.0 10.0 24.9 3.0 20.0 33. 45 41 89 82 199 185 309 287 627 583 1030 959 1880 1750 2830 2630 4000 3720 7390 6880 12100 11300 25300 23500 1/2 Lb.2 4.5 18.3 3. 89-2 For 30 psig and 150 psig Steam Systems capacity in pounds per hour (using sch.0 55. Pipe Size (in.0 3.9 2.5 1.0 12. a drop of 1/2 lb.7 1.0 7.6 2.7 6. 82 165 370 575 1170 1920 3500 5250 7430 13800 22600 47000 Steam Pipe Capacities Std.6 1.7 4.0 6.1 1. vapor 339. 544.4 4.5 8.0 16.75 Vacuum.1 2.2 2.89 Fig.7 2.5 21. 58 117 262 407 825 1360 2480 3720 5260 9730 16000 33200 1 Lb.0 27. TEMPERATURE (°F) 101 126 141 152 162 169 176 182 187 192 197 201 205 209 212 216 219 222 224 227 230 232 235 237 240 250 259 267 274 281 287 292 298 303 307 312 316 320 324 328 331 335 338 344 350 353 356 361 366 371 375 380 384 388 395 403 406 409 416 422 436 448 460 470 489 Heat of Liquid 68 93 109 120 130 137 144 150 155 160 165 169 173 177 180 183 187 190 193 195 198 201 203 206 208 218 227 236 243 250 256 262 267 272 277 282 286 290 294 298 302 306 309 316 322 325 328 334 339 344 348 353 358 362 370 378 381 385 392 399 414 428 441 453 475 Btu/lb.0 92.0 1.0 25. 89-1 GAUGE PRESSURE PSIG 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 110 120 125 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 220 240 250 260 280 300 350 400 450 500 600 To facilitate trap calculaton. ft.1 2.8 1. 22 46 100 154 313 516 940 1410 2000 3640 6030 12600 1/2 Lb.0 29. values in this table are shown in nearest even digits. 4 96.0 1.1 1.3 13.8 Ammonia 15.2 1.8 0.9 20.7 -3.4 30.5 83.0 1.0 7.0 2.3 24.9 1.2 -9.1 23.2 11.8 15.2 10.6 1.6 -67.7 0.6 0.4 -6. 90-2 Size (in.0 2.6 16.0 12.2 R-12 9.6 0.0 21.2 -59.6 37.4 1.0 69.4 1.7 63.7 Size (in.4 -31.0 47.1 91.0 12.4 33.8 9.136.7 -53.Various Refrigerants 17.0 2.6 2.4 6.6 185.8 2.8 4.6 18.9 1.2 28.1 4.0 4.5 1.8 26.6 0. by the factors in Fig.1 23.9 106.5 19.6 2.7 4.6 1.6 51.7 5.) 43 x 143 43 x 131 43 x 119 43 x 107 43 x 95 43 x 83 43 x 71 43 x 59 43 x 47 43 x 35 43 x 29 43 x 23 Factor 0.4 170.8 -40.0 -12.0 41.3 3.6 23.9 3.4 15.3 15.0 2.1 1.7 19.2 102.6 1.7 93.1 76.9 1.4 1.7 -28.) 18 x 143 18 x 131 18 x 119 18 x 107 18 x 95 18 x 83 18 x 71 18 x 59 18 x 47 18 x 35 18 x 29 18 x 23 Factor 1.2 2.6 28.9 -1.5 165.2 -20.3 11.2 88.0 122.2 4.0 77.6 66. 90-2.0 17.0 1.1 32. Size (in.4 33. to the left of the curves are acceptable from a pressure drop standpoint.1 Temperature Pressure Chart .4 18.7 9.8 2.8 65.7 5.1 0 1.2 1.5 30.8 28.0 8.6 -42. in shaded area in psig.2 41.1 125.6 52.) (U)(Δt) Fig.2 2.7 43.4 -56.6 1.Double Embossed (3/4” Pass).8 20.5 2.8 14.1 15.0 1.6 1.6 0.) 29 x 143 29 x 131 29 x 119 29 x 107 29 x 95 29 x 83 29 x 71 29 x 59 29 x 47 29 x 35 29 x 29 29 x 23 Factor 0.0 57.6 0.4 25.9 -26.2 2.7 0.6 20.9 84.9 2.6 1.5 16.3 -70.1 1. Combinations of temp.0 160.8 0.7 70.0 2.3 151.3 58.22” x 143” PLATECOIL .) 22 x 143 22 x 131 22 x 119 22 x 107 22 x 95 22 x 83 22 x 71 22 x 59 22 x 47 22 x 35 22 x 29 22 x 23 Factor 1.) 36 x 143 36 x 131 36 x 119 36 x 107 36 x 95 36 x 83 36 x 71 36 x 59 36 x 47 36 x 35 36 x 29 36 x 23 Factor 0.3 3.0 84.4 7.8 26.6 2.9 172.7 0.1 24.0 32.7 154. (1 Ton) of Refrigeration = 12.7 21.9 103.2 9.6 1.1 6.2 3.4 2.6 14. multiply the Btu/hr.8 3.1 1.6 14.2 21.8 7.6 3.3 6.3 16.9 .6 Size (in.9 1. (Do not use this chart to replace A = Q Calculation.9 26.5 10.7 17.9 R-22 24.3 23.0 -23.5 0.7 4.5 6.9 2.5 133.7 48.9 .1 159.7 0.2 R-22 25.0 37.3 -45.3 1.3 74.) 26 x 143 26 x 131 26 x 119 26 x107 26 x 95 26 x 83 26 x 71 26 x 59 26 x 47 26 x 35 26 x 29 26 x 23 Factor 0.0 7.0 -37.0 45.9 -51.0 26.0 24.8 0. F -100 -95 -90 -85 -80 -75 -70 -65 -60 -55 -50 -45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 C -73.2 18.6 148.) 12 x 143 12 x 131 12 x 119 12 x 107 12 x 95 12 x 83 12 x 71 12 x 59 12 x 47 12 x 35 12 x 29 12 x 23 Factor 2.1 24.7 21.9 9.1 -48.3 0.5 0.1 114.3 F 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 86 90 C -17.4 5.0 62.4 Size (in.4 11.5 112.2 -34.4 2.8 3. and Btu/hr.4 12.4 — 72.0 55.7 52.2 99.2 Size Factors for Refrigeration Loading Fig 90-3 Figures outside shaded area in inches of mercury.7 8.4 1.6 R-502 31.1 23.2 Size (in.6 6.6 3.2 2.2 36.4 26.4 58.6 80.7 20.0 22.0 21.3 3.0 158.3 5.0 58.3 1.5 4.3 1.3 11.5 19.8 R-502 Ammonia 27.0 -62.1 46.7 29.5 R-12 27.8 -65.1 25.8 0.5 39.0 12.7 25.3 5.1 1.3 1.90 REFRIGERATION DATA ALLOWABLE MAXIMUM REFRIGERATION LOADINGS For One Style 60 .000 Btu.8 -15.7 93.0 3.3 Size (in.8 145.3 49.1 Capacities for single embossed PLATECOIL will be 1/7th of those for double embossed.4 13.2 1.8 138.8 2.4 92.9 2. 90-1 Fig.6 125.2 1.6 10.1 115. For PLATECOIL sizes different from 22” x 143”. 541 0. (in.8 13.0688 0.2 30 61 74 77 168 336 18.7 19.0 64.9 1.049 1 1/4 1.6 1.2 2.610* 2 2.225 0.1 4. + Short Radius elbows R/DN = l not made in this size and weight.69 0.9 25.5 35 71 86 96 20.8 48.2 7.8 28.4 1.2 54.) 1* OPEN or Run of Tee Side FULL OPEN OPEN 90 Degree Elbows 45 Degree Elbows of Std.5 16.4 2.7 23.0724 0.3 6.5 66.670 0.472 0.6 2. Inc.6 3.20% By Weight) ETHYLENE GLYCOL (Aqueous Solution .5 5.305 0.74 1. Std.067 2 1/2 2.2 15.5 6.7 35 43 45 98 197 ++ ++ ++ ++ 4.926 0.511 0.7 5.93 0.469 3 3.0640 0.Boiling Point FRICTION LOSS IN PIPE FITTINGS IN TERMS OF EQUIVALENT FEET OF STRAIGHT PIPE Fig.4 20.650 0.6 0.01 0.0 9.15 12.2 30 45 91 111 116 26.60% By Weight) ETHYLENE GLYCOL (100% By Weight) MP .4 Sp.4 3.6 4.Technical Reference Data Fig.58 10.1 57.7 25.4 14.8 2.824 1 1.6 8.6 12.1 45.8 50.0 0.3 24. Dia.044 4.2 11.7 4.5 23.6 12.4 3.1 2.1 + 0.4 58.555 0.77 1.7 2.065 7 7.4 49.336 0.8 16.1 8.9 10.7 5.7 5.6 + 0.875 0.4 22.9 2.11 1. ht.7 15.F 0.6 5.5 18.68 + 0.3 9.5 23.0526 0.8 10.1 4.3 5. . 1 9.2 42.46 8.8 26.78 1.9 40 81 99 104 23. psia MP F BP F 0.572 0.7 29. Close Swing Angle Globe Equivalent Resistance of Standard Valve Elbow sweeElbow Tee Return Check Valve Valve Weight Welding Elbows Length of FULL Elbow or Run through Bend Valve FULL FULL Straight Pipe (ft. BP .5 12.7 8.0685 0.9 3.17 0.97 1.7 7.56 1.3 11. 53.4 29 58 3.111 Vis.0 46.3 38.3 3.3 67.1 5.Thermal Conductivity.58 .4 3.10 2.0 57 113 6.0588 0.0784 0.2 2.6 0.1 10.7 5. Reduced Outlet OPEN Short Long Short Long Tee 1/2 Radius Radius Radius Radius .006 as taken from Chart No.8 7.221 0.4 15.7 12.4 31 33 71 142 7.0 35.380F Liquid 9 387 CP .7 5.148 0.828 0.2 6. F 150 400 600 -100 200 500 100 300 500 50 200 400 20 100 200 50 100 200 50 150 300 Den.35 .9 35 69 3.8 2.026 5 5.60 0.57 4.86 1.2 75.0 2.622 3/4 .34.2 20.7 2.9 2.8 14.7 3.2 25.8 1.068 4 4.8 43 86 4.2 10.20 25.7 3.1 16.0 22.6 57.5 1.0675 0.9 2.6 45.8 9.5 1. Wt.2 18.5 34 50 101 123 129 29 21. CP Liq.33 0.4 41.6 .9 4.58 0.6 1.98 .8 1.193 1.23 1.412 0.2 15.7 10.1 20.2 5.5 8.0661 0.7 6.9 8.4 12.0 70.3 31 37 39 85 170 9.024 8 7. Data are based on Fanning coefficient of 0.2 11.14 1.2 7.Centipoise k .3 4.5 16.) Resistance factor 1/2 .91 + 0.3 50 76 151 185 193 44 32 28.9 63.777 0. 0.2 54.2 10.4 13.19 .214 0.4 17 215 SYLTHERM XLT -100 to +500F Liquid THERMINOL 55 0 to 575F Liquid MINERAL OIL (Mobiltherm Light) ETHYLENE GLYCOL (Aqueous Solution .641 0.3 11.687 0.0 Vapor Press.6 3. 10.8 0. Liq.3 18.2 19.0 1.6 1.0 8. ft.5 7.3 2. 11.5 61.646 0.1 4.578 0.172 0.7 1.3 3.4 61 91 181 222 232 53 39 34 25. Btu/lb.4 8.4 35.42 . ++ Not made in this size.2 63.9 19.8 17.74 .4 1.2 40 49 52 112 224 12.3 20.1 0.6 2.7 3. R/D = 1 R/D = R/D = 1 R/D = 1 1/2 1 1/2 .047 6 6.0750 0.5 18.2 40 61 121 148 155 35 25.6 22.6 5. 91 -1 Medium PARATHERM HE 91 PROPERTIES OF VARIOUS HEAT TRANSFER MEDIA Temperature Range 150 to 600F Normally used as Liquid Temp.3 9.483 0.2 12.90 34 4.2 13.87 -135 1.0632 0.15 1.6 21.3 51 62 65 141 281 15.324 0.9 4.4 64.32 2.4 1.1 1.1 14.8 9. lb.6 13.020 12 12.010 0.5 61.295 0. Std./ cu.1 8.0 16. Btu/sq.1 6. 18 of Catalog 211 of Tube Turns.4 1.772 k/ft.5 7.438 0.760 0.8 14.380 1 1/2 1. ft.4 71 106 212 259 271 63 45 40 29.44 .0651 0.8 26.44 .3 11.981 10 10.6 81 121 242 296 310 72 52 46 33 Data on fittings based on information published by Crane Co.2 6. * For 180 degree bend multiply values for 90 degree bend by 1.035 3.5 16. 91-2 Nominal Actual Pipe Inside Size D.210F Liquid Liquid -70 to +225F Liquid -74 230 15 .2 2.32 0.000 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 This data may be applied to any liquid or gas Gate 45 LongStd.0 68.Melting Point -15 to +460F 20 .1 4.9 19. 92 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES The following table will give a comparison of various viscosity ratings so that if the viscosity is given in terms other than Saybolt Universal, it can be translated quickly by following horizontally to the Saybolt Universal column. Seconds Saybolt Fural ssf Seconds Seconds Degrees Redwood 1 Redwood 2 Engler (Standard) (Admiralty) Degrees Barbey Seconds Kinematic Saybolt Viscosity Universal ssu Centistokes * Seconds Saybolt Fural ssf Seconds Seconds Degrees Degrees Redwood 1 Redwood 2 Engler Barbey (Standard) (Admiralty) Viscosity Conversion Table Fig. 92-1 Seconds Kinematic Saybolt Viscosity Universal ssu Centistokes * 31 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 150 200 250 300 400 500 600 1.00 2.56 4.30 7.40 10.30 13.10 15.70 18.20 20.60 32.10 43.20 54.00 65.00 87.60 110.00 132.00 12.95 13.70 14.44 15.24 19.30 23.50 28.00 32.50 41.90 51.60 61.40 29.0 32.1 36.2 44.3 52.3 60.9 69.2 77.6 85.6 128.0 170.0 212.0 254.0 338.0 423.0 508.0 5.10 5.83 6.77 7.60 8.44 9.30 10.12 14.48 18.90 23.45 28.00 37.10 46.20 55.40 1.00 1.16 1.31 1.58 1.88 2.17 2.45 2.73 3.02 4.48 5.92 7.35 8.79 11.70 14.60 17.50 6200.0 2420.0 1440.0 838.0 618.0 483.0 404.0 348.0 307.0 195.0 144.0 114.0 95.0 70.8 56.4 47.0 700 800 900 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 15000 20000 154 176 198 220 330 440 550 660 880 1100 1320 1540 1760 1980 2200 3300 4400 71.1 81.0 91.0 100.7 150.0 200.0 250.0 300.0 400.0 500.0 600.0 700.0 800.0 900.0 1000.0 1500.0 2000.0 592 677 762 896 1270 1690 2120 2540 3380 4230 5080 5920 6770 7620 8460 13700 18400 64.6 73.8 83.0 92.1 138.2 184.2 230.0 276.0 368.0 461.0 553.0 645.0 737.0 829.0 921.0 20.45 23.35 26.30 29.20 43.80 58.40 73.00 87.60 117.00 146.00 175.00 204.50 233.50 263.00 292.00 438.00 584.00 40.30 35.20 31.30 28.20 18.70 14.10 11.30 9.40 7.05 5.64 4.70 4.03 3.52 3.13 2.82 2.50 1.40 *Kinematic Viscosity (in centistokes) = Absolute Viscosity (in centipoises) Specific Gravity Fig. 92-2 Relation of A.P.I. Hydrometer Scale to Specific Gravity Degrees Specific Degrees Specific Degrees Specific Degrees Specific Degrees Specific Degrees Specific Degrees Specific API Gravity API Gravity API Gravity API Gravity API Gravity API Gravity API Gravity 10 1.0000 25 .9042 40 .8251 55 .7587 70 .7022 85 .6536 140 .521 11 .9930 26 .8984 41 .8203 56 .7547 71 .6987 86 .6506 145 .512 12 .9861 27 .8927 42 .8156 57 .7507 72 .6953 87 .6476 150 .503 13 .9792 28 .8871 43 .8109 58 .7467 73 .6919 88 .6446 160 .486 14 .9725 29 .8816 44 .8063 59 .7428 74 .6886 89 .6417 170 .469 15 .9659 30 .8762 45 .8017 60 .7389 75 .6852 90 .639 180 .454 16 .9593 31 .8708 46 .7972 61 .7351 76 .6819 95 .625 17 .9529 32 .8654 47 .7927 62 .7313 77 .6787 100 .611 18 .9465 33 .8602 48 .7883 63 .7275 78 .6754 105 .598 19 .9402 34 .8550 49 .7839 64 .7238 79 .6722 110 .586 20 .9340 35 .8498 50 .7796 65 .7201 80 .6690 115 .574 21 .9279 36 .8448 51 .7753 66 .7165 81 .6659 120 .563 22 .9218 37 .8398 52 .7711 67 .7128 82 .6628 125 .552 23 .9159 38 .8348 53 .7669 68 .7093 83 .6597 130 .541 24 .9100 39 .8299 54 .7628 69 .7057 84 .6566 135 .531 TERMS USED TO EXPRESS SPECIFIC GRAVITY EQUIVALENTS AND TO CONVERT TO SPECIFIC GRAVITY Specific Gravity (sp. gr.) of liquids and solids is the density compared to water at 39.2°F and of gases, density compared with air at 32°F and 14.7 lb. per sq. in. absolute. Degrees Baume (°Bé), arbitrary calibration of hydrometer for liquids. Degrees API (°API) arbitrary calibration used by petroleum industry for liquids lighter than water. Degrees Brix (also called Fisher), arbitrary graduation so graduated that 1° Brix = I% sugar in solution. Degrees Twaddell (°Tw), arbitrary calibration used for certain liquids heavier than water. TO CONVERT TO SPECIFIC GRAVITY- For density conversion tables see Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, 3rd ed., p. 38. 93 Fig. 93-1 C -17.8 -17.2 -16.7 -16.1 -15.5 -15.0 -14.4 -13.9 -13.3 -12.8 -12.2 -11.7 -11.1 -10.5 -10.0 -9.44 -8.89 -8.33 -7.78 -7.22 -6.67 -6.11 -5.56 -5.00 -4.44 -3.89 -3.33 -2.78 -2.22 -1.67 -1.11 -0.56 0.00 0.56 1.11 1.67 2.22 2.78 3.33 3.89 4.44 5.00 5.56 6.11 6.67 7.22 7.78 8.33 8.89 9.44 * 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 0 to 100 F 32.0 33.8 35.6 37.4 39.2 41.0 42.8 44.6 46.4 48.2 50 0 51.8 53.6 55.4 57.2 59.0 60.8 62.6 64 4 66.2 68.0 69.8 71.6 73.4 75.2 77.0 78.8 80.6 82.4 84.2 86.0 87.8 89.6 91.4 93.2 95.0 96.8 98.6 100.4 102.2 104.0 105.8 107.6 109.4 111.2 113.0 114.8 116.6 118.4 120.2 TEMPERATURE CONVERSION - Centigrade vs. Fahrenheit C 10.0 10.6 11.1 11.7 12.2 12.8 13.3 13.9 14.4 15.0 15.6 16.1 16.7 17.2 17.8 18.3 18.9 19.4 20.0 20.6 21.1 21.7 22.2 22.8 23.3 23.9 24.4 25.0 25.6 26.1 26.7 27.2 27.8 28.3 28.9 29.4 30.0 30.6 31.1 31.7 32.2 32.8 33.3 33.9 34.4 35.0 35.6 36.1 36.7 37.2 37.8 * 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 F 122.0 123.8 125.6 127.4 129.2 131.0 132.8 134.6 136.4 138.2 140.0 141.8 143.6 145.4 147.2 149.0 150.8 152.6 154.4 156.2 158.0 159.8 161.6 163.4 165.2 167.0 168.8 170.6 172.4 174.2 176.0 177.8 179.6 181.4 183.2 185.0 186.8 188.6 190.4 192.2 194.0 195.8 197.6 199.4 201.2 203.0 204.8 206.6 208.4 210.2 212.0 C 38 43 49 54 60 66 71 77 82 88 93 99 100 104 110 116 121 127 132 138 143 149 154 160 166 171 177 182 188 193 199 204 210 216 221 227 232 238 243 249 254 100 to 1000 * F C 100 212 260 110 230 266 120 248 271 130 266 277 140 284 282 150 302 288 160 320 293 170 338 299 180 356 304 190 374 310 200 392 316 210 410 321 212 413 327 220 428 332 230 446 338 240 464 343 250 482 349 260 500 354 270 518 360 280 536 366 290 554 371 300 572 377 310 590 382 320 608 388 330 626 393 340 644 399 350 662 404 360 680 410 370 698 416 380 716 421 390 734 427 400 752 432 410 770 438 420 788 443 430 806 449 440 824 454 450 842 460 460 860 466 470 878 471 480 896 477 490 914 482 488 493 499 504 510 516 521 527 532 538 * 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 1000 F 932 950 968 986 1004 1022 1040 1058 1076 1094 1112 1130 1148 1166 1184 1202 1220 1238 1256 1274 1292 1310 1328 1346 1364 1382 1400 1418 1436 1454 1472 1490 1508 1526 1544 1562 1580 1598 1616 1634 1652 1670 1688 1706 1724 1742 1760 1778 1796 1814 1832 C 538 543 549 554 560 566 571 577 582 588 593 599 604 610 616 621 627 632 638 643 649 654 660 666 671 677 682 688 693 699 704 710 716 721 727 732 738 743 749 754 760 765 771 777 782 788 793 799 804 810 * 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 1000 to 2000 F C 1832 816 1850 821 1868 827 1886 832 1904 838 1922 843 1940 849 1958 854 1976 860 1994 866 2012 871 2030 877 2048 882 2066 888 2084 893 2102 899 2120 904 2138 910 2156 916 2174 921 2192 927 2210 932 2228 938 2246 943 2264 949 2282 954 2300 960 2318 966 2336 971 2354 977 2372 982 2390 988 2408 993 2426 999 2444 1004 2462 1010 2480 1016 2498 1021 2516 1027 2534 1032 2552 1038 2570 1043 2588 1049 2606 1054 2624 1060 2642 1066 2660 1071 2678 1077 2696 1082 2714 1088 1093 * 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 1770 1780 1790 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 F 2732 2750 2768 2786 2804 2822 2840 2858 2876 2894 2912 2930 2948 2966 2984 3002 3020 3038 3056 3074 3092 3110 3128 3146 3164 3182 3200 3218 3236 3254 3272 3290 3308 3326 3344 3362 3380 3398 3416 3434 3452 3470 3488 3506 3524 3542 3560 3578 3596 3614 3632 C 1093 1099 1104 1110 1116 1121 1127 1132 1138 1143 1149 1154 1160 1166 1171 1177 1182 1188 1193 1199 1204 1210 1216 1221 1227 1232 1238 1243 1249 1254 1260 1266 1271 1277 1282 1288 1293 1299 1304 1310 1316 1321 1327 1332 1338 1343 1349 1354 1360 1366 * 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 2050 2060 2070 2080 2090 2100 2110 2120 2130 2140 2150 2160 2170 2180 2190 2200 2210 2220 2230 2240 2250 2260 2270 2280 2290 2300 2310 2320 2330 2340 2350 2360 2370 2380 2390 2400 2410 2420 2430 2440 2450 2460 2470 2480 2490 2000 to 3000 F C 3632 1371 3650 1377 3668 1382 3686 1388 3704 1393 3722 1399 3740 1404 3758 1410 3776 1416 3794 1421 3812 1427 3830 1432 3848 1438 3866 1443 3884 1449 3902 1454 3920 1460 3938 1466 3956 1471 3974 1477 3992 1482 4010 1488 4028 1493 4046 1499 4064 1504 4082 1510 4100 1516 4118 1521 4136 1527 4154 1532 4172 1538 4190 1543 4208 1549 4226 1554 4244 1560 4262 1566 4280 1571 4298 1577 4316 1582 4334 1588 4352 1593 4370 1599 4388 1604 4406 1610 4424 1616 4442 1621 4460 1627 4478 1632 4496 1638 4514 1643 1649 * 2500 2510 2520 2530 2540 2550 2560 2570 2580 2590 2600 2610 2620 2630 2640 2650 2660 2670 2680 2690 2700 2710 2720 2730 2740 2750 2760 2770 2780 2790 2800 2810 2820 2830 2840 2850 2860 2870 2880 2890 2900 2910 2920 2930 2940 2950 2960 2970 2980 2990 3000 F 4532 4550 4568 4586 4604 4622 4640 4658 4676 4694 4712 4730 4748 4766 4784 4802 4820 4838 4856 4874 4892 4910 4928 4946 4964 4982 5000 5018 5036 5054 5072 5090 5108 5126 5144 5162 5180 5198 5216 5234 5252 5270 5288 5306 5324 5342 5360 5378 5396 5414 5432 Note: - The numbers in column* refer to the temperature either in degrees Centigrade or Fahrenheit which it is desired to convert into the other scale . If converting from Fahrenheit degrees to Centigrade degrees, the equivalent temperature will be found in the left column, while if converting from degrees Centigrade to degrees Fahrenheit, the answer will be found in the column on the right. C 0.56 1.11 1.67 2.22 2.78 INTERPOLATION FACTORS * F C * F 1 2 3 4 5 1.8 3.6 5.4 7.2 9.0 3.33 3.89 4.44 5.00 5.56 6 7 8 9 10 10.8 12.6 14.4 16.2 18.0 Conversion Formulas: USEFUL CONVERSION FACTORS (SEE FIG. 94-1 FOR OTHER CONVERSIONS) Weight, Area, Volume 1 cu. ft. water = 62.4 lb. @ 39.2°F 1 US gal. = 8.33 lb. water @ 39.2°F 1 US gal. = 231 cu. in. = 0.134 cu. ft. = 0.833 Imp. gal. 1 Imp. gal. = 277.4 cu. in. = 1.2 US gal. 1 lb. = 453.6 grams (g) = 0.454 kilograms (kg) 1 kg = 1000 g = 2.2 lb. 1 cu. ft. = 1728 cu. in. = 7.48 US gal. = 6.23 Imp. gal. 1 slug = 32.2 lb. 1 gal. = 0.13368 cu. ft. Pressure and Flow 1 Atmosphere (atm) = 14.7 psia 1 lb./sq. in. = 2.04 in Hg @ 62°F = 2.31 ft. water @ 62°F 1 Bar = 14.5 lb./sq. in. = 100 kPa psia = paig + 14.7 g/cm3 = sp. gr. sp. gr. x 62.4 = lb./cu. ft. 1 gpm = 0.134 cu. ft./min.= 500 lb./hr. x sp. gr. 1 cu.ft./min. (cfm) = 444.8 gal./hr. (gph) 1 centipoise = 2.42 lb./ft. hr. 1 lb./ft. sec. = 1488 centipoises = 3600 lb./ft. hr. Work and Power 1 hp = 0.745 kw = 42.4 Btu/min. = 2544 Btu/hr. = 33,000 ft. lb./min. 1 boiler hp (bhp) = 33,475 Btu/hr. 1 kw = 1000 watts (w) = 1.341 hp = 56.88 Btu/min. = 3413 Btu/hr. 1 kw hr. = 1000 w hr. = 3413 Btu 1 Btu = 0.029 kw hr. = 778 ft. lb. = 0.555 pcu (lb. C unit) Temperature Scales Kelvin temp. scale = C + 273.16 Rankine temp. scale = F + 459.7 Heat Transfer 1 Btu/hr. ft2 °F = 0.0001355 g-cal./sec. cm2 °C 1 g-cal./sec. cm2 C = 7380 Btu/hr. ft2 °F Thermal Conductivity 1 Btu/hr. ft2 °F/ft. = 0.00413 g-cal./sec. cm2 °C/cm 1 g-cal./sec. cm2 C/cm = 242 Btu/hr. ft2 °F/ft. 94 METRIC CONVERSION TABLES (See Fig. 93-2 for other conversions) BY 0,000096784 3.9685 3.9685 241.9 13273 0.205 0.080639 1.8 1 0.36867 0.55556 0.0041336 0.000075341 0.0001355 2.54 76 2.242 0.1868 5.1715 0.035913 4.572 0.508 70.31 28317 3785.43 946.358 472 35.314 2118.9 16.02 0.01602 0.5886 0.0005886 0.061023 61.03 0.028317 0.7646 0.0037854 0.22712 0.062428 0.02832 0.22712 1.3079 3.281 33,899 0.44604 0.003281 1.9685 54.68 0.9113 3.2808 0.91133 3.2808 3087.4 3087.4 42 264.173 0.2642 Fig. 94-1 TO OBTAIN Atmospheres Btu Btu/kw hr. Btu/(hr.)(ft.)(deg F) Btu/(hr.)(sq. ft.) Btu/(hr.)(sq. ft.)(deg F) Btu/(hr.)(sq. ft.) (deg F per in) Btu/lb. Btu/(Ib.)(deg F) Btu/sq. ft. Cal./gram Cal/(sec.)(cm)(deg C) Cal/(sec.)(sq. cm) Cal(sec.)(sq. cm)(deg C) Centimeters Cm of Hg @ 0 deg C Cm of Hg @ 0 deg C Cm of Hg @ 0 deg C Cm of Hg @ 0 deg C Cm of Hg @ 0 deg C Cm/deg C Cm/sec. Cm of H2O @ 39.2°F Cu. cm Cu. cm Cu. cm Cu. cm/sec. Cu. ft. Cu. ft./min. Cu. ft./lb. Cu. ft./lb. Cu. ft./sec. Cu. ft./sec. Cu. in. Cu. in. Cu. meters Cu. meters Cu. meters Cu. meters/hr. Cu. meters/kg Cu. meters/min. Cu. meters/min. Cu. yards Feet Ft. of H2O @ 39.2°F Ft. of H2O @ 39.2°F Ft. of H2O @ 39.2°F Ft./min. Ft./min. Ft./sec. Ft./sec Ft./(sec.)(sec.) Ft./(sec.)(sec.) Ft./lb. Ft. lb./min. Gal. (USA, liq.) Gal. (USA, liq.) Gal. (USA, liq.) MULTIPLY Kg/sq. meter Kg-cal. Kg.cal./kw hr. Cal./(sec.)(sm)(deg C) Cal./(sec.)(sq. cm) Kg-cal./(hr.)(sq. m)(deg C) Kg-cal./(hr.)(sq. m) (deg C per cm) Kg cal./kg Cal./(gram)(deg C) Kg-cal./sq. meter Btu/lb. Btu/(hr.)(ft)(deg F) Btu/(hr.)(sq. ft.) Btu/(hr.)(sq. ft.)(deg F) Inches Atmospheres Ft.of H2O @ 39.2°F In. of H2O @ 39.2°F Lb./sq. in. Lb./sq. ft. In./deg F Ft. min. Lb./sq. in. Cu. ft. Gal. (USA, liq.) Quarts (USA, liq.) Cu. ft./min. Cu. meters Cu. meters.sec. Cu. meters/kg Liters/kg Cu. meters/min. Liters/min. Cu. centimeters Liters Cu. ft. Cu. yards Gal. (USA, liq) Gal./min. Cu. ft./lb. Cu. ft./min. Cal./sec. Cu. meters Meters Atmospheres Cm. of Hg @ 0 deg C Kf/sq. meter Cm/sec. Km/hr. Km/hr. Meters/sec. Km/(hr.)(sec.) Meters/(sec.)(sec.) Kf-calories Kg cal./min. Barrels (Petroleum USA) Cu. meters Liters TO OBTAIN Gal.(USA, liq.)/min. Gal.(USA, liq.)/sec. Grams Grams/cu. cm Inches Inches Inches of Hg @ 32°F Inches of Hg @ 32°F Inches/deg F Joules Joules Kg Kg-cal. Kg-cal./kg Kg-cal./kw hr. Kg-cal./min. Kg-cal./sq. meter Kg-meters Kg/cu. meter Kg/(hr.)(meter) Kg/liter Kg/sq. cm Kg/sq. cm Kg/sq. meter Kg/sq. meter Km/hr. Km/hr. Kw/hr. Liters Liters Liters/kg Liters/min. Liters/sec. Meters Meters/min. Meters/sec. Millimeters/gram Millimeters Mils Minutes Ounces (avoir) Ounces (avoir) Part/million Pounds (avoir) Pounds (avoir) Pounds/cu. ft. Pounds/cu. in. Pounds/ft. Pounds/(hr.)(ft.) Pounds/sq. inch Pounds/sq. inch Pounds/sq. ft. Pounds/sq. inch Quarts (USA, liq.) Sq. Centimeters Sq. ft. Sq. meters Tons (metric) Yards MULTIPLY Cu. meters hr. Liters min. Ounces (avoir) Lb../cu ft. Centimeters Microns Kg/sq. meter In. of H2O @ 39.2°F Cm/deg C Btu Kg-meters Pounds (avoir) Btu Btu/lb. Btu/kw hr. Kw Btu/sq. ft. Btu Lb./cu. ft. Centipoises Lb./gal. (USA, liq.) Atmospheres Lb./sq. in In Hg @ 32°F Lb./sq. ft. Ft./min. Miles/hr. Btu Cu. ft. Gal. (Imperial Liq.) Cu. ft./lb. Gal. (USA, liq.)/min. Gal./min. Feet Ft./min. Ft./sec. Cu. ft./lb. Microns Inches Radians Grains (avoir) Grams Gr./gal. (USA, liq.) Grams Kg Kg/cu. meter Grams/cu. cm Kg/meter Centipoises In Hg@32°F kg/sq. cm Kg/sq. meter Bar Liters Sq. ft. Sq. meters Sq. ft. Tons (short) Meters BY 4.4029 0.0044028 28.35 0.016018 0.3937 0.00003937 0.0028959 0.07355 0.21872 1054.8 9.807 0.45359 0.252 0.5556 0.252 14.33 2.712 107.56 16.018 3.6 0.11983 1.0332 0.0703 345.31 4.8824 0.018288 1.609 0.000293 28.316 4.546 62.42621 3.785 0.063088 0.3048 0.3048 0.3048 62.42621 0.001 1000 3437.75 0.0022857 0.035274 17.118 0.0022046 2.2046 0.062428 0.036127 0.67197 2.42 0.491 14.223 0.20481 14.5 1.057 929 10.764 0.0929 0.9072 1.0936 84 40 (s) 0.00 xx 0.084 1.120 0.670 54.1963 0.00088 0. Note 2: The values shown in sq.134 0.385 0.670 72.02051 690 0.584 0.75 (s) 0.636 2.334 1. ft.400 1.049 0.00556 0.25 3.432 0.674 3.00358 0.460 14.563 xx 0.750 4.20 24 24.258 5.01414 417 0.95 Fig.06866 425 0.083 0.02110 319 1.65 1.00056 0.063 1.18102 825 0.982 1.00035 3824 0.375 12.215 0.091 0.66 80 (x) 0.180 27.640 0.) sq.214 0.120 0.916 18.460 38.25 4.0655 0.3272 1.625 xx 0.3020 0.1636 0.771 0.435 0.145 1.60 12. respectively.66 xx 0.0654 3.810 40.810 0.810 0.3272 1.1411 0.04587 734 0.067 0.3927 1.049 0.5236 1.330 12.66 2.850 0.500 15.00113 0.03 2 1/2 2.3272 1.328 0.90 xx 0.375 17.375 80 (x) 0.00070 0.90 80 (x) 0.0982 0.301 0.500 17.50 3 1/2 4.480 0.980 0.481 0.106 0.622 3.600 2.00072 649 0.875 40 (s) 0.72 1.625 30 (s) 0.100 0.00025 0.70 3 3.597 0.177 0.432 5.622 9.635 0.0982 0.00154 0.134 1.071 2.141 0.00103 0.50 40 (s) 0. “x” and “xx” in column of Schedule Numbers indicate Standard.00 (s) 0.65 2.70 8.680 0.00 4.00039 314 0.1963 0.035 0.340 65.444 0.00245 0.00315 0.00 3.20063 467 0. 0.01787 0.G.120 0.00 0.315 80 (x) 0.109 0.00379 0.00 80 (x) 0.344 1.357 0.00891 805 0.00200 0.54 80 (x) 0.423 0.2297 0.450 0.00023 0.497 3.498 0.307 10.305 0.035 0.068 0.481 0.09004 1951 0.57 3.00171 0.252 0.41 2 2.625 80 (x) 0.456 0.957 0.90 4.060 0.80 12.670 0.820 Internal CSA See Note 2 sq. Size (in.0982 0.00 4.3272 0.260 28.68 1.753 7.172 0.180 82.88525 378 Outside Diameter (in.02 2.180 62.730 18.035 0. (in.206 0. See Thick.068 0.535 3/8 0.00098 1191 0.337 3.912 0.563 80 (x) 0.78540 352 0.00081 0.375 xx 0.00613 0.300 0.083 0.113 0.095 0.1123 0.1636 0.875 6.00 (x) 0.00210 0.60 14.00051 0.00060 0.13079 1912 0.1309 0.823 0.065 0.761 1.75 30 (s) 0.902 0.319 0.216 3.106 0.1309 0.66 1 1/4 1.00370 604 0.402 0.088 0.80 4.75 3.035 0.165 0.777 0.939 0.00353 0.109 0.147 0.022 0.065 0.13898 498 0.00133 574 0.180 14.1309 0.095 0.916 10.00329 0.00201 0.134 0.1963 0.260 43.315 xx 0.75301 503 0.280 0.340 49.028 0.00759 0.2618 0.095 0.434 0.430 0.290 125. ft.650 0.240 0.375 40 (s) 0.00724 0.00050 1353 0.1963 0.049 0.251 0.120 0.065 0.92175 653 1.382 0.3272 0.996 0. 95-1 DIMENSIONS AND PROPERTIES OF STEEL PIPE AND TUBE PIPE TUBE Fig.049 0.933 0.3927 1.84 80 (x) 0.3272 1 040 0.220 0.00232 0.1963 0. .813 1.072 0.00021 0.436 1.625 80 (x) 0.) 0028 0.916 7.728 1 050 22.622 0.00701 0.00042 0.072 0.275 2.308 0.244 0.W.00 20 0.47 1.120 0.220 1.1963 0.469 0.00142 0.50 80 (x) 0.00581 0.367 0.2618 0.497 6.40 14 14.75 30 (s) 0.00252 0.738 0.13 1.1636 0. per ft.275 1.370 1.152 1.375 4.647 0.71 3/4 1.0655 0.2618 1.10 8 8.00126 0.05 xx 0.634 0.3272 2.00444 0.00600 651 0. ft.139 0.532 0.599 0.322 7.109 0.02885 1829 0.00 20 (s) 0.19 2.66 40 (s) 0.00684 0.70 12 12.555 0.047 1.805 0.140 1. 95-2 Internal Working CSA Pressure See PSIA Note 2 sq.503 0.058.435 2.179 0.00 5.20 10.94831 265 2.00 1.500 7.2297 1.390 0.065 0.562 0.606 0.500 23.280 6.218 1.897 1.3272 1.10 16 16.90 40 (s) 0.810 54.875 80 (x) 0.01689 0.54760 405 0.065 1.21 1 1/2 1.00 40 (x) 0.14 2.00438 2318 0.57625 506 2.) length 1/8 0.035 0.22718 570 1.75 (x) 0.2618 1.230 104.152 1.50 80 (s) 0.035 0.220 1.34741 431 0.620 0.065 0.065 0.68 80 (x) 0.095 0.896 0.058 0.120 0.875 2.141 0.00108 0.010 1.522 0.08840 403 0.318 3.01232 1861 0.00274 0.703 0.049 0.022 0.60 6 6.03325 505 0.01024 0.12635 825 0.710 93.323 0.148 Inside Diameter (in.203 2.01227 756 0.730 53.083 0.458 0.41 40 (s) 0.625 40 (s) 0.083 0.260 24.315 40 (s) 0.00151 0.00500 1083 0.62295 355 1.60 6.282 1.278 0.180 10.00292 0.035 0.424 0.500 9.856 0.968 0.96895 454 2. per ft.567 0.84 xx 0.60 20.05419 1602 0.0655 0.2618 0.00472 0.180 1.79 2.2618 1.429 0.552 1.527.00896 0.50 xx 0.500 0.00 6.471 0.050 12.275 1.813 0.875 xx 0.358 0.380 0.1636 0.3272 1.710 70.75 60 (x) 0.302 0.17 1.109 0.25779 1460 0.629 0.05134 454 0. ft.370 0.) 0.2618 1.083 0.625 xx 0.00211 697 0.083 0.782 0.1636 0.80 18 18.753 5.548 1.00103 3134 0.753 13.049 0.56035 324 0.00526 0. 0.00400 0.067 0.344 2.738 1/2 0.018 0.200 1.344 3.563 40 (s) 0. per ft.80 5.75 40 (s) 0. for the Internal Area also represent the volume in cubic feet per foot of pipe length.00101 0.68 40 (s) 0.269 0. 0. 0.00 3.365 10. length 0.495 0.540 0.294 0.032 0.02943 806 0.1309 0.900 0.40 16.40 10 10.07984 663 0.032 1.500 0.02330 376 0.435 5.3927 1.154 0.56656 285 0.11 4.742 0.834 0.2618 0.00660 2122 0.065 0.00828 0.028 0.745 0.290 94.670 0.00 30 (s) 0.00075 0.165 0.2618 0.00114 0.1963 0.237 4.06172 692 004059 1699 0.260 72.026 1.3272 0.154 2.279 10.1473 0.00641 0.810 2.920 0.75 (s) 0.79722 299 0.340 43.05 80 (x) 0.226 3.375 19.126 0.194 0.430 0.00196 2963 0.040 0.652 0.44 1 1.00163 1266 0.622 5.981 2.134 0.50 20 20.01039 440 0.5236 2.134 0.00432 0.331 0.60 8.1636 0.3927 0.072 0.375 15.760 0.049 0.497 2.054 0.25 6.049 0.057 0.00334 0.50 40 (s) 0.) 1/4 B.133 1.920 0.1963 0.750 0.109 0.277 0.119 0.2360 0.180 0.00168 0.625 2.09 3.134 0.1309 0.51849 600 0.870 0.173 0.890 0. Gage Wall Thickness (in.882 0.2297 0.095 0.0982 0.300 2.607 0.130 0.00090 0.277 8.493 0.191 1.00162 0.01711 2048 0.610 0.95754 458 0. Extra Strong and Double Strong Pipe.732 0.1963 0.134 0.60 18.083 0.591 0.90 4 4.) Note 1 ness (in.105 0.00971 0.045 0.500 11.545 0.25 5.314 0.510 0.60 5.375 13.02640 Nominal Outside Schedule Wall Inside External Weight Pipe Diameter No.824 0.375 23.00303 0. sq.1636 0.26843 400 1.00 30 (s) 0.810 34.361 0.00413 0.267 0.00300 1078 0.095 0.00 (s) 0.50 xx 0.605 0.500 19.35529 351 0.00462 0.50 10.730 28.482 0.109 0.314 1/4 0.60 24.00186 0.546 0.220 0.500 13.05 40 (s) 0.1963 0.625 40 (s) 0.00220 0.2297 0.177 0.120 1.1738 0.709 0.200 External Weight Surface Lbs.00 30 (s) 0.454 0.460 20.702 0.060 1.41 80 (x) 0.230 78.50 4.864 4.54 40 (s) 0.00 6.00219 0.183 0.50 5 5.00135 0.00 (x) 0.930 0.435 3.30 3.022 0.27 1.Diameter Surface Lbs.02 2.2297 0. ft.00127 0.31711 753 0. (NPS) per ft.276 2.20 10.450 0.00 40 (s) 0.165 0.25 4.760 1.00025 1084 0.364 0.232 1.50 3/8 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 22 24 26 18 20 22 24 16 18 20 22 24 21 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 8 10 11 14 16 18 20 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 20 10 12 14 16 11 13 9 Note 1: The letters “s”.3272 0.810 31.1636 0.2297 1.826 1.407 0.364 1.2297 0.00135 0.714 0.1636 0.560 0.750 2.2618 0.40 8.050 9. hr.53 .05 1.64 . light Transformer oil.55 41.61 77. I0% Phenol (carbolic acid) Phosphoric acid.58 .61 1.3 3.2 7.0 1000.0 9.70 .087 0.1 2.6 0.35 .32 31.789 .28 . F bp .057 .9 .08 0.3 2. avg.0 24.3 0.1 .5 1.5 3. k .078 2.29 1.40 .21 1.6 75.42 . corn syrup 45 Baume Fish. Milk.3 26.49 .4°C 40°F 62 13 146 157 -57 44 9.4 106 245 547 520 721 175* .0 .95 1. avg.15 9.0 25.07 1.0 4.905 1.0 72 66 90 184* 84* . Petroleum Products Asphalt. SS-1. 25% Sea water. MS-1.33 .1 1. RS-1.232 .0 4.85 71°C 160°F 0.46 0.34 .molecular weight sp.28 .42 .63 .56 .86 22.42 .53 0.0 267 3-14 239 -99 14 -95 500 600 387 554 532 544 832 189 320 170 123 346* 340* 185 25000 86 3100 53 700 39 230 11.65 Viscosity centipoises 26.. cane & beet Vegetables.2 86 .1 2.97 .08 .6 15.514 .1 1.33 . RC-0.5 56. melted Tricholorethylene Turpentine.95 1.58 .66 .92 9.956 . fresh.1 .095 . 2 parts water.85 .0 12.47 .0 . 6 Fuel Oil.7 2.74 .05 1.9 1.95 0.35 1.9 0.0 101 120 30 144 96 22 52 90 124 .9 . .0 130.53 0.stearic Hydrochloric acid 31.4 94 346 92 28.9 . SC-5.0 14.078 0.8 2000 35.898 .15 . 20% Water solutions Brine . 100% (glycerin) Glycerol.5% (muriatic) Hydrochloric acid 10% (muriatic) Nitric acid.09 92 1.92 .84 1.73 0.44 1.52 .9 5. secondary B Molasses.853 0.5 187 1.95 (see coal tars) 166 .42 .44 . spirits of Carbon tetrachloride 60 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES .38 82.LIQUIDS AND MISC.93 148 1.3 11.6 . 20% Phosphoric acid 10% Sulfuric acid.94 . 1Fuel Oil (Kerosene) No.04 2.5 3.572 . gr.8 166 1.4 16.0 11.56 * This figure is latent heat of vaporization. methyl. . blackstrap (final) C Corn Starch 25 Baume Sucrose.070 0.05 2.5 -6.24 .24-. Below freezing the values are approx. melted Toluene Miscellaneous Acetone.084 .62 .88 .75 .27 . 40% sugar syrup Sugar.88 .8 1.89 . F/ft. RC-5.93 . sp.42 4.melting point.35 0.074 .01 0.65 . cut back Asphalt.0 8.6 2673 500 346 7 to 22 .PS300 No. .91 .0 1.9 6.0 92.03 1.887 .23 (Viscosity varies with Dextrose Equivalent) 170000 11000 2x10/6 1700 120000 430 12000 .7°C 80°F 49°C 120°F 1.08 .8 .6 -70 8 -21 16 342 625 282 218 219* .7 0.937 .35 0.89 0. ethyl 95% Alcohol.14 0.092 . Btu/sq.4 2.6 .26 0. 25% Brine .084 0. avg.88 .653 .86 154 1.2 89.42 . ht.PS200 No. mol wt.29 .5 -5. 40-50 penetration Benzene Gasoline No.41 .44 .3 4. MC-0.5 .0 1. Fruit. 96-1 Acids Acetic acid.3 4.42 .4 280 118 100 68 55 45 37 221 288 950 240 84 46 18 32 212 225 237 144 .0 23.786 .38 1.075 0.6 mp F bp F LH k 4.18 14.2 6.44 .1 .50 1. F LH .083 . ht. fresh.5 62.855 .42 42 176 170* 140* 110* 0.92 32 1.095 .80 .070 .36 0.14 1.10W (#10 machine lube oil) SAE .35-.37 1.44 .08 0.7 1. 30% Water Food Products** Dextrose.48 .0 46. Honey Ice Ice cream Lard Maple syrup Meat.0 5.9 1. mol wt.8 1.53 1. avg.9 3.15 1.0 3.3 250.0 490.11 1.862 . palmitic Fatty acid. I part dry glue Glycerol.oIeic Fatty acid.0 30 50 98 200 400 .52 .61 17 400 950 40000 500000 3500 AT 250F 8000 AT 250F 160 340 7000 45000 85 150 1600 8000 78 92 58 1.3 1. of food products are for above freezing. 90% Ammonia. 60% sugar syrup Sucrose. avg.84 1.45 sp.5W (#8 machine lube oil) SAE .153 164 .05 2.58 -106 -27 650 20000 500 95 48844 54 70-220 9.55 0.0 7 11 14 25 45 .44 35833 15000 70000 300000 1170 150 7267 10000 25000 600 68 1799 . 110% (Fuming) Sulfuric acid.7°C 80°F 49°C 120°F 71°C 160°F 282 256 284 21. F mp . 50% (caustic soda) Sodium Hydroxide.0 40.45 0.82 17 .90 .5 . 26% Arocior Cotton seed oil Creosote Dowtherm A Dowtherm C Ethylene glycol Glue. .56 12.41 .84 .43 .5 0.550 . 60°F .11 1.Bunker C.0 1.8 .85 1. 100-120 penetration Asphalt.0 2.45 .64 .47 .43 1.0 2.43 0.0 .boiling point. Wines.0 9.811 .2 200 33.13 .40 SAE .03 1.89 .18 0.5 0.23 1.99 1.078 0. 4 Fuel Oil No 5 Fuel Oil.33 1. .4 37 45.90 . .81 .latent heat of fusion.1 1.57 .11 .0 390.0 15 25 110 170 580 1200 .sodium chloride. SC-3.514 .0 34. 100% Ammonia.215 .47 1.2 19.096 . MC-3.9 2. MC-5. fresh.66 1.9 1.844 .45 3.1 28.4 0.24 . fresh.901 .072 0.05 1. 100% Alcohol.08 .2 6.847 1. 3 Fuel Oil.69 .5 9.01 .1 1.3 0. ft.thermal conductivity.91 . emulsion Asphalt. ** sp.0 155 6.0 12 22 33 60 100 .865 .42 10 25 218 214 72 130 156 120 41.0 .085 .90 . Btu/lb.0 1.PS100 No.24 .0 0.0 . ht.96 .26 .7 3.6 .89 . table and dessert. cut back Asphalt.078 . cut back Asphaft: RC-3.58 1.3 .1 1.30 0.46 .72 0. corn syrup 40 Baume Dextrose.5 3.78 .64 .0 5. 3 5% saline Sodium Hydroxide.8 26. .70 . SC-0.PS400 Transformer oil.4°C 40°F Viscosity SSU 26.62 136 .96 Fig.689 . 60% of those given.06 10 29.05 1.15 2.30 2.10 62 1.Btu/lb.92 . .53 .77 .65 1.21 0.075 0.995 231 1.55 2.48 .8 20 0.5 2.31 8000 500 10000 450 155 88 .0 1.34 .30 (#30 machine lube oil) SAE .13 .5 4.6 7. primary A Molasses.18 1.45 1.65 4.4 2.26 1.42 . 2 Fuel Oil.76 .19 1.887 .calcium chloride. 4% Molasses.83 34 . 98% Sulfuric acid.0 5. 100% Acetic acid. 6070°F 1.21 100-133 -139 -137 660-800 231 133 70 157* 225* 370* 589* 0. medium 34 API Mid-continent crude 28 API gas oil Quench and tempering oil SAE .7 0. 95% Nitric acid. 60% Nitric acid. 50% Linseed oil Phthalic anhydride Soybean oil Sulfur.50 Paraffin.8 .4 1.95 0.4 1.032 1.14 1.75 .5 7.08 .0 1.50 1.31 .5 44. 60% Sulfuric acid.34 .0 6.20 (#20 machine lube oil) SAE . 10% Fatty acid .5 11 40 43 84 480 170 460 88 135 550 1500 2900 5000 8500 23000 36 36 52 125 1600 4500 72 145 51 59 160 265 500 870 1400 3600 33 41 62 370 680 49 70 37 48 74 120 170 260 380 720 32 37 42 125 180 40 50 34 41 51 64 80 110 150 225 .6 4. 2 1.0167 0.1 1. solid Copper Cork Cotton cloth Glass.9 to 2.0781 0.1 0.23 0.42 0. ht.0084 0.0115 Viscosity 100°C 212°F 0.0056 0.9 11.81 0.0123 0.25 0.0133 0.36 0.48 0.4 0.072 mp 1216 250 0.03 0. For viscosities of other gases see Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook.005 0.7 to 1. .008 0.in centipoises at 1 atm sp.0135 0.021 0.0078 0.027 0.8 1.1 to 1.124 0.0335 0.Solids Weight 165 55 81 112 11 16 137 avg.46 0.0069 0. mp .0161 0.24 0.52 0.194 0.325 0.25 1. t 760 mm and 32°F k .014 0. Third Edition.4 0. ft.9 8. stainless.lb.0 125 282 28 to 49 82 440 sp.0087 0. wt.0104 0.9 0.0085 0. 100°C 212°F 0.0128 0./cu.0175 0.011 0.88 1.32 7.43 0.0213 0.4 to 1.64 0.0095 0. 97-1 Aluminum Asbestos board Asphalt.41 20 0.0215 0.02 65 1981 32 621 2651 100 to 140 2507 2550 230 3135 787 Fig.257 0.63 0.015 0.015 0.024 0.4 0.0782 0.1 0.53 0.007 0. °F/ft.3 to 2.1 0.19 0.265 0.16 3.melting point in °F PHYSICAL PROPERTIES .0808 0. gr.023 0. 54 to 57 69 90 to 105 97 490 501 1.253 0. ht.9 1.0101 0.027 0.0103 0.224 0.02 0.14 0.0095 0.5 0.0045 0.21 0.lb.Btu/lb.11 0.0043 0.0 to 1.415 0.1235 0.203 0. 97-2 mol. pyrex Glass.022 0. sq.018 0. 75 avg.11 0.096 0.0118 0.0178 0.26 0.84 0.0137 0.27 0.2 0. sq.0076 0. k .0185 0.70 1.34 0.507 0°C 32°F 0.0106 0.1828 Air Ammonia Benzene Butane Carbon dioxide Carbon monoxide Chlorine Ethane Ethylene Freon -12 Hydrogen Hydrogen sulfide Methane Nitrogen Oxygen Propane Sulfur dioxide Water vapor (steam) 0.0448 0.017 0.22 k/ft.0 0.26 to 0. ht.12 0.2 to 1./cu.1 11 0.031 0.72 3.04 2 4.Gases 0°C 32°F 0.92 0.35 to 0.0094 0.32 0.245 0.095 3160 3.19 0. ft. 556 15 93 140 4.014 0.036 0.129 0°C 32°F 0.15 0.005 100°C 212°F 0.157 0.6 0.0128 0.1 0.025 0.45 0.0135 0.25 to 1. 29 17 78 58 44 28 71 30 28 121 2 34 16 28 32 44 64 18 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES .0783 0.255 0.017 0. Page 370 .5 0.0961 0.4 220 0. @ 60°F 2.072 0.37 0. @ 60°F 0.0151 0.4 0.0848 0.91 1.45 to 0.242 0.028 0.5 2.0192 0.22 0.075 0.45 0. 117 0.092 0.02 0.54 0.22 to 0.016 0.017 0. ft.0132 0.25 0.5 0.034 36 0. 90 avg.Molecular weight Viscosity .225 0.0145 0.14 3.39 0.035 0.455 0.0185 0.018 0.013 0.15 sp.35 7.0085 0.92 0.4 1.22 0.0175 0. mild @ 1600°F Steel.01 0.82 0.1252 0.56 0.97 Fig.453 K 500°C 932°F 0.5 1.0171 0.25 0.13 0.2011 0.0185 0.0137 mol.0077 0.241 0. 75 avg.0482 0.4 8.177 1.0142 0. °F Density .0197 0.039 0. dry Coal Coal tars Coke.33 0.27 0.0892 0.19 0. ft.35 @ 40°C 0.0352 0.6 to 2.027 0. solid Brickwork & Masonry Calcium silicate Celatex Clay.325 0.62 0.008 0.65 0.25 0.02 0.033 0.375 0. vary from Wool Zinc Weight .38 0.5 56 710 59 avg.5 0.162 0. mild @ 70°F Steel.0113 0. 13 537 58 avg.024 0. wool lce Lead Leather Magnesia 85% Nickel Paper Paraffin Rubber.Btu/hr.034 0. wt.05 sp.03 26 18 9.36 0.16 0. 300 series Styrofoam Sulfur Titanium (commercial) Woods.0125 Density 500°C 932°F 0.118 0.1623 0.27 0.3 0.0225 1.Thermal conductivity in Btu/hr.2 0.208 8. °F/ft. vulcanized Sand Silk Steel.86 to 0.0102 0. .86 to 1.028 0.0118 0.114 0. 79 0.63 59.241 0.0750 .727 .1820 .551 .552 .2 A 70.6 -415.03 1.846 .00 1.3181 .155 1.3473 .839 .240 0.4291 .25 -292°F 1.0523 .2 .0723 .757 .0481 -28.0414 .0921 . 98-2 Gas Density.841 .700 . Fig.0809 .2654 .01 1.91 323 A .02 45.240 1.2466 .0463 ./lb.67 -188.65 51.616 .742 .831 .0874 .080 0.0238 Absolute Visosity lb.6272 .25 1.3 <1.4403 .883 .4770 .674 .589 .0295 .37 Absolute Viscosity lb. Btu.0764 .674 .2220 .369 .0988 .66 61.516 .00 1.3808 .21 Fig.1112 .3844 .1705 .967 .79 60.3242 .085 0.685 .486 .1184 .3360 .1925 .2516 . 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 PROPERTIES OF AIR Specific Heat (Btu/lb.0828 .054 1.4950 .953 .4580 .460 1.403 1.606 .24 1.90 0.2035 .060 0. Fahr.579 .2630 .2660 .31 -116.0751 .2655 .972 .208 1.984 . 0.5 48.2125 . °F Cp/Cv.2348 .1135 .5541 .0 12.5330 .0764 .0840 .2810 .13 1.00 1.0686 .165 1.3122 .243 0.4038 .2824 .0663 .516 .454 .3481 .934 .376 1.4129 .747 .084 1.794 .742 .245 1. .20 61.2638 .77 516 Kr .5 .2158 80 .611 .3960 .0864 .702 .54 61.139 1.0448 -258.730 .368 140 .1590 .0 Ap.1113 -302.26 0.10 58.968 .607 .524 .116 1.0941 .1338 .730 1. Vapor Pressure Solid at M.37 2.046 1.00 1.3645 .4672 .0686 .4824 . 98-1 Temp.619 .774 .0523 .640 . Critical Temp.3362 .2163 .551 .1464 .368 86.3670 .940 .604 .042 0.3446 .368 -162.0603 .780 .7 26.4863 .1160 .968 .248 1.1366 .5033 .517 .3602 .1738 .07 1.051 0.139 1.709 . ft.1770 .2755 .2378 .59 0.4011 .766 .248 Density lb.762 . .01 1.043 1.570 .017 1.1395 .673 . Btu.65 0.53 0.240 0.00 1.0698 .442 .413 ..8 549 Xe .42 62.26 Ap.635 .0394 .234 -243.589 .2195 .55 49.0736 .713 .240 0.2966 .1427 .2949 .573 1.513 .3018 .067 0.737 .3478 .3182 .4 7.66 -450.1198 .687 .0541 .6 .611 250 1.715 .4450 .873 .0735 .4866 .0795 .5190 .0885 30 . at B.1425 .0 -434.35 60.2668 100 . °F -458.3751 .660 .1676 .2465 .92 42.570 .0491 .59 53.296 1.410.38 0.0795 .633 .0710 .2528 .40 -181. lb.351 .622 .533 .8 .470 .322 1.0556 42.2280 .1945 .010 .673 .33 3.658 .3308 .0663 .416 1.852 .1916 .999 7.1839 .825 . 32°F Atm.234 1.549 .135 1.5 612 CRYOGENIC PROPERTIES OF GASES H2 . lb.00 1.1373 .8 12.1628 .0603 .4 -345.2974 .71 2.02 1.04 0./ft.73 61.85 1.48 0.0504 10 .0781 -320.39 61.4 26.944 .5800 .786 .2 -250.2568 .673 .1090 .658 .0314 .240 0.0900 .604 1.488 .0581 .2 CH4 248. -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 WEIGHT (DENSITY) OF AIR AT VARIOUS PRESSURES AND TEMPERATURES GAUGE PRESSURE.835 .552 .1136 . at B.3716 .2248 .7 11.841 .1218 .1140 40 . 98-4 Deg.240 0.0491 .0830 4.0910 .276 1.0414 .1124 26.436 .333 317 120 .00561 -423.5332 5224 .3008 .626 .2415 . ft.5771 .0 Vapor Dens.246 0.17 62.1005 .585 .376 1.090 1. IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT Reprinted from “Compressed Air Data” Fifth Edition.1720 .685 .449 .4639 .4079 .852 .731 .0619 .9 58.5674 .855 .348 1.0437 .0376 .300 1.3071 .233 1./cu.3287 .241 0.3344 .507 .2465 .770 1.488 .36 Density lb.2040 .1803 . 32 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 220 240 260 280 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 PROPERTIES OF WATER Specific Heat (Btu/ lb.4292 .94 57.0976 .599 .048 0.19 96.3970 .1828 .2555 .021 .627 .31 55.649 .914 .588 1.3602 .0954 . Atm.1 Kr 46.4636 .114 1.429 .5555 .662 .0658 .797 .245 0.801 WEIGHT (DENSITY).9 .4262 .97 0.0726 .593 74.465 1.709 .6 -169.337 1.391 . lb.746 ./cu.421 .696 .4481 . in mm.03 -107. F.00 1.419 175 1.0930 .753 .34 62.4 -308.2840 . Heatof Fusion at M.513 .546 1.399 .2745 .675 .2015 .2085 .57 60.1239 .0779 .052 0.809 .184 1.5014 .908 .1455 .7 -299.°F) 1.2115 .520 1.745 .435 .625 1.3054 .491 .04 1.3362 .9 MeltingPoint 26 Atm.7 Pounds per Square Inch Absolute at Sea Level) 0 . IN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH (Based on an Atmospheric Pressure of 14.68 -82.1876 .6 151 2 N2 85.095 1.288 50.752.0710 .38 62.638 1.3302 .474 .686 .1910 . .043 0.08 1.00 1.531 .508 .0780 .64 -379.732 .0905 . .00 1.4576 .125 1.058 0.1 .046 0.452 .596 .0 GAS Heat of Vapor.177 1.549 .774 .1088 .4555 ..2335 .31 270.2492 .2367 . of Air Deg.39 1.661 1.4402 .1645 .3503 .542 .0275 .006 .1650 60 .776 .2237 .240 0.296 71.651 .076 0.517 1.886 .632 .00 1.1 50.00 1.1482 .561 .11 61.592 .1541 .0 O2 91.5 45.807 .1485 .240 0.01 1. 4.3542 .947 927 .701 .7635 .868 .218 1.932 .2794 .1996 .2262 .3105 .4711 .33 0.2 N2 .4 O2 .673 .813 .2045 .0639 .1904 70 .1565 .98 Fig.483 200 1.P.7 .047 0.392 1.2300 .5 .803 <.1237 .* 62.17 2.318 1.2744 .0811 .241 0.3570 .645 .2425 .379 .1730 .49 1.02 1.2380 .040 0.890 1.3015 .01 60.072 0.41 -399.2 Ap.463 .0881 .2905 .4 5.781 .660 .711 .9 H2 194. Liquid Dens.708 .27 62.869 .881 .001 .759 .214 1.7 54.3 111.8 .415 .489 1.242 0.596 .789 .4154 .8 33.29 2.P.6006 .1515 .1985 .799 . 98-3 Deg.3283 .2688 .1045 .3720 .0560 .048 .458 . at B.37 54 CH4 .025 1.ft.1840 .723 .2593 .01114 -.00 1.287 1.440 .2155 .649 .0696 .8 .3880 .035 1.4316 .6140 .1260 .534 . °F Critical Press.0970 . °F He .4193 .242 0.0779 .260 1.3215 .197 1.406 1.4927 .118 1.241 0.767 .099 1.5122 .2515 .1155 .1707 .1955 .3813 .1260 .240 0.161 1.2940 .041 0.754 .350 1 325 1.288 1.0626 .849 .1330 .561 .808 .4121 .0889 .2 3.4 25.4234 .701 .1495 .2505 .0674 . ft.007 .531 .572 .3145 .3924 .4205 .271 1.884 .518 149. ft.4478 .1995 .223 1.890 .407 .2791 .747 .438 1.0825 .1 Fig.2 2.340 .0621 .3070 .359 .1067 .75 3.788 .716 .240 0.P.3882 .0528 .06 1.672 .0864 .00 1.0463 .452.908 .832 .1278 .14 1.879 .58 45.4729 .5447 .423 .511 .553 1.3488 .3111 .3607 .045 0.3882 . 59°F 1 Atm.175 1.584 . Boiling Point 1 Atm.458 .850 1.4770 . 59° .0560 .1405 . Courtesy of Ingersoll-Rand Company.8 .407 .386 .914 . . He <0.609 . .1 NH3 588.987 .637 .1395 50 .0341 .948 .687 .0661 .00 1.885 .2865 .2100 .01 1.1323 .0892 -297.697 .2845 .675 300 1.2412 90 .2011 .240 0.292 110 .2685 .306 .10 1.1033 .1645 . 1 Atm.869 .155 1.74 0.1096 .6410 .40 -232.360 .949 .824 .2954 .1618 .194 1.2549 .1592 .13 59. Hg.081 1.1770 ./cu.2090 .42 62.3223 .00 1.244 0.4385 . Btu/lb.6 5.65 1.0586 .2 .1176 .0562 -.528 1.547 225 1.36 1.606 193.478 .482 .0437 .989 .097 * Based on a pressure of one atmosphere and 32°F.4970 .5114 . CP./cu.8 .00 1.0937 .4296 .3432 .616 .1115 .431 1.889 .0376 5 ./lb.641 .1054 .242 0.3738 .562 .68°F 1 Atm.1205 .°F) 0.2080 .819 804 .074 1. .067 1.84 0.1160 .128 1.2915 .254 1.982 .47 70 NH3 .573 .0 Ne .050 0. F.0828 .1014 .934 1.0882 .491 1.4 -361.4 7.1540 .0736 .055 0.8 Ne 37.705 1.118 1.0631 20 .790 .23 0.3364 .2661 .51 57.P.84 61.3738 .P.810 1.494 .648 .722 .45 0. hr.99 61.0707 .912 .1283 .4487 .382 .064 1.3981 .928 .20 1.531 .637 .3156 .5890 .0978 .0846 .1197 .0652 .2160 .29 0.1310 .199 1.5076 .817 .605 .2739 .065 0.322 .04 1.240 0.5652 .02 -292°F 1.0 Xe 41.4033 .696 .2323 .393 150 1.632 .568 .3944 .089 0.3800 .856 .899 .343 130 .0555 .465 1./ft.5433 .596 .440 1.523 1.1025 .5221 ./cu.573 .063 0.7 . hr.988 .720 . . Available in an assortment of styles and sizes.long service life . This feature. low corrosion resistant material.. chlorides and mineral acids found in many process solutions. Each unit is hydrostatically pressure tested to assure structural integrity.outstanding heat transfer Titanium ECONOCOIL provides long service life in liquid-to-liquid or steam-to-liquid heat transfer applications where highly corrosive environments exist. Optional designs include Titanium ECONOCOIL plates arranged in banks for applications requiring large heat transfer surface areas. Plain end tubing connections are furnished as standard. This results from Titanium’s built-in resistance to corrosion attack by harsh chemicals such as the chlorines.Titanium E¢onocoil TITANIUM ECONOCOIL .. Titanium ECONOCOIL provides outstanding heat transfer. means Titanium ECONOCOIL maintains better levels of heat transfer than units constructed from heavy gauge. Titanium ECONOCOIL is produced in compliance with strict quality control standards. plus the low rate of corrosion deposit build-up on its external and internal surfaces.. Additionally. Threaded and other type fittings are available upon request. Backed by Tranter’s years of experience as a leading supplier of heat transfer products. 99 ® STYLE 90D STYLE 60D STYLE 70D STYLE 80D STYLE 50D . Contact your PLATECOIL/Titanium ECONOCOIL sales representative concerning your particular requirements. Its light gauge construction allows maximum thermal conductivity between the medium flowing through the unit and the corrosive material that is being heated or cooled. Titanium ECONOCOIL offers a choice of header type or Serpentine flow patterns. Titanium ECONOCOIL is your assurance of performance excellence and maximum reliability. APPLICATIONS • Sulfate chrome plating solutions • Chromic acid.6 7 11.6 13 23. Net Wt. Net Wt Lengths (B Dimension) 23” 3.3 37 107” 17.8 8 15.8 6 11.7 28 59. FT.5 42 95.3 33 95” 15.8 20 43.8 3 5. Sq. Net Wt.5 10 19.8 9 20. sq.7 19 39.3 55 SPECIFICATIONS Working Pressure: 70 psig @ 350°F Standard Material: Titanium 0.6 27 53. Ft.0236”.5 25 55. Consult factory.8 13 32.5 15 31.3 46 131” 21.8 6 11.7 17 34.8 12 23.1 9 14.7 13 24.5 32 71.035” Titanium Tubing. Net Wt.3 15 47” 7.7 8 14.5 35 79.8 10 19. Three handles are provided on all ECONOCOIL 71” in length or longer. Just bend the top of the hangers over the edge of the tank and support the ECONOCOIL from the hanger hooks. Sq.7 21 44.7 10 19.3 13 35” 5. Sq.8 17 35. Net Wt. Ft. Sq.3 24 71” 11.5 9 15. Ft.7 26 54. NOTE: Heavier guage material available for higher pressures and temperatures. Width (A Dim.8 8 17.6 32 65.3 28 83” 13.8 11 26.5 12 23. Net Wt.5 28 63. ft.7 24 49.6 21 41.8 15 35. Ft. Ft.) 12” 18” 24” 30” 36” 48” Sq Ft.3 42 119” 19. Hangers for these sizes should be ordered accordingly.8 13 27.6 24 47.8 7 14.8 4 7.5 22 47.6 35 71.7 7 12.7 15 29.5 38 87. SURFACE AREAS AND APPROXIMATE NET WEIGHTS IN LBS.5 19 39.8 18 39.8 5 8.°F ** Special bracing may be required.3 50 143” 23.100 TITANIUM ECONOCOIL AREA/WEIGHT CHART SQ.3 20 59” 9.3 5 9. (Other fittings available) Heat Transfer Rates Still Agitated** Steam to Water Solutions 175* 200* Water to Watery Solutions 60* 100* * These are typical heat transfer rates shown as U = Btu/hr. Sq.6 10 17.8 5 7.6 30 59. SB-265 (see note) Standard Connections: Plain end 0. .6 19 35. 10% boiling • Nickel plating solutions (not electroless nickel with fluorides) • Inhibited sulfuric acid • Inhibited hydrochloric acid • Hypochlorites • Seawater or salt brine • Chlorinated hydrocarbons • Chlorine gas (moist) INSTALLATION Titanium Hangers are available for easy open tank installation.8 15 31.8 22 47.7 6 9.6 16 29.8 10 23.3 11 29” 4.8 12 29. ) STYLE 70D 1 1/2" Connection Size Table Dim. A. ** 6" STYLE 80D * 6" 11" STYLE 50D 2" Q R * 3 Handles required for lengths 71” & above.) * 3" 2 1/4" Q TYP.) 35 107 47 119 59 131 71 143 Optional Connection Locations .Styles 50 & 60 Threaded Ends Available.035” Wall Tubing (Plain End) 12 R 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” U 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” T 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 1” 23 83 29 95 18 Dimension Table WIDTHS “A” (IN.035" TUBING FOR 50D (TYP. Handles on Styles 60 & 80 only if specified on order.) 24 30 36 48 LENGTHS “B” (IN.035" TUBING FOR 60D (TYP. 48” All Lengths ‘1” 1” 1 1/2” 1 1/2” 0.101 STANDARD STYLES AND CONNECTIONS 1 5/8" 4" Q 12" * 3" 3/4" x 0. 18” & 24” Widths . ** 2 Zones on 12”. with Length B Q 12”-All Lengths 18” & 24” Thru 47” Long 18 “ & 24 Over 47” Long 30”. 36”. (Locations same as Style 70. Handles equally spaced.) R A 2" ** 11" STYLE 90D B 2" 1 5/8" 4" STYLE 60D 4" 12" 3/4" x 0. the SUPERCHANGER is an ideal heat exchanger for virtually any industrial process operation requiring efficient. The SUPERCHANGER plate and frame heat exchanger offers advantages over shell-and-tube units in virtually any industrial heat transfer application. TX 76307. It can be fabricated from dissimilar metals when only one side will be exposed to corrosive conditions. P. the ULTRAMAX unit has alternating channels for hot and cold media. Working in the same way as a conventional plate and frame heat exchanger. Tranter can provide a number of other options to satisfy your heat transfer and performance needs. high pressure steam heaters and interchangers that are beyond the capability of a gasketed unit. . Designed for use with liquids. in less space. it occupies only 30 . Channels formed between the specially dimpled. They’re particularly effective in recovering heat from waste liquids and in handling highly viscous and corrosive solutions. Or call a SUPERCHANGER technical specialist at (940) 723-7125. welded plates direct the two heat transfer media counter-currently through alternate paths to maximum efficiency and a close temperature approach capability of less then 2°F. For more information write to Tranter.102 Other Tranter Plate Heat Exchanger Products In addition to PLATECOIL.50% of space required for a shell-and-tube exchanger in the same application. Counter-current flow offers full LMTD and allows closer temperature approaches.000°F. such as organic solvents. such as organic solvents. and true counter-current flow. It has alternating channels for hot and cold media. Single and multiple pass designs are available to fit any application requirement.O.. which offers high pressure ratings. All units are custom designed by a computer rating system and available in a variety of plate materials and sizes. economical heat transfer. Wichita Falls. The unit features a plate side and a shell side.000 psig. Because the unit is so compact. the SUPERMAX unit works well with aggressive media. SUPERCHANGER® Plate & Frame These versatile plate and frame type heat exchangers are highly efficient. Inc. with its unique and prime heat transfer surface. As a result. gases and two phase mixtures at pressures to 600 psig and at temperatures up to 1. flexible. Extremely high U values and low pressure drops are brought about by the unique geometry of the patented MAXCHANGER’s variable interspaces. SUPERMAX® All-Welded The SUPERMAX all-welded plate heat exchanger provides the thermal efficiency and compactness of a plate and frame unit under conditions that would ordinarily call for a shell-andtube unit. It incorporates plate and frame benefits without gaskets. the ULTRAMAX unit works well with aggressive media. and easy to clean. steam heaters and interchangers that are beyond the capability of a gasketed unit. ULTRAMAX® All-Welded The ULTRAMAX all-welded plate heat exchanger is designed for “tough conditions” beyond the capabilities of gasketed exchangers. a SUPERCHANGER unit can be utilized in a variety of liquid-to-liquid and steam-to-liquid heat transfer applications. With its ability to be tailored to meet exacting customer specifications. at lower cost. Box 2289. MAXCHANGER® All-Welded The MAXCHANGER all-welded plate heat exchanger offers higher performance. Designed for use with liquids. compact. unlike some competitive cross flow designed units. and can offer true counter-current or co-current flow. And they require only 10% to 50% of the space used by shell-and-tube heat exchangers. gases or two-phase mixtures at extreme temperatures and pressures up to 1. light-weight. H E A T E X C H A N G E R S H E A T E X C H A N G E R S . West Yorkshire. Nakaikegami Ohta-Ku. England WF2 7AL Also Manufactured in Japan by Nihon Parkerizing Co.com PC-MANUAL-9-506 650580 © 2006 Tranter.. Monckton Road Industrial Estate—Unit 50 Wakefield. Texas 76307 Phone: 940-723-7125 :: Fax: 940-723-5131 Web: www.Inc. Tokyo 146. 3rd Floor :: 14-12 2-Chome.O.Also Manufactured in Great Britain by Tranter. Japan TRANTER. Ltd. Ltd. INC. Parker Ikegami Bldg. Box 2289 1900 Old Burk Highway (76306) :: Wichita Falls.tranter. . :: P.